| 0d8614b4b926d0f657d15d7eb5125bcb24b9fd41 |
|
10-Sep-2014 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: replace SMPS hw flags with wiphy feature bits
Use the new static_smps / dynamic_smps feature bits
instead of mac80211-internal hw flags.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| a4bcaf5556da649f0160e60fa7b4bb2c29801c12 |
|
04-Sep-2014 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com> |
mac80211: extend set_coverage_class signature
Extend mac80211 set_coverage_class API in order to enable ACK timeout
estimation algorithm (dynack) passing coverage class equals to -1
to lower drivers. Synchronize set_coverage_class routine signature with
mac80211 function pointer for p54, ath9k, ath9k_htc and ath5k drivers.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| d98ad83ee86e523cc00cbf425f456fbd14b4fdc4 |
|
03-Sep-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add Intel Mobile Communications copyright
Our legal structure changed at some point (see wikipedia), but
we forgot to immediately switch over to the new copyright
notice.
For files that we have modified in the time since the change,
add the proper copyright notice now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| c70f59a2a007c57843195a93c3b7308204e0a5ab |
|
29-Jul-2014 |
Ido Yariv <ido@wizery.com> |
mac80211: don't resize skbs needlessly
Header-less cloned skbs with sufficient headroom need not be cloned
unless the tailroom is going to be modified.
Fix ieee80211_skb_resize so it would only resize cloned skbs if either
the header isn't released or the tailroom is going to be modified.
Some drivers might have assumed that skbs are never cloned, so add a HW
flag that explicitly permits cloned TX skbs. Drivers which do not modify
TX skbs should set this flag to avoid copying skbs.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| ca34e3b5c808385b175650605faa29e71e91991b |
|
29-Jul-2014 |
Ido Yariv <ido@wizery.com> |
mac80211: Fix accounting of the tailroom-needed counter
When hw acceleration is enabled, the GENERATE_IV or PUT_IV_SPACE flags
will only require headroom space. Consequently, the tailroom-needed
counter can safely be decremented.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| a74a8c846fb699f3277c0c21278bd4c414074b4a |
|
22-Jul-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't duplicate station QoS capability data
We currently track the QoS capability twice: for all peer stations
in the WLAN_STA_WME flag, and for any clients associated to an AP
interface separately for drivers in the sta->sta.wme field.
Remove the WLAN_STA_WME flag and track the capability only in the
driver-visible field, getting rid of the limitation that the field
is only valid in AP mode.
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 08cf42e843f9a7e253502011c81677f61f7e5c42 |
|
16-Jul-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: add support for Rx reordering offloading
Some drivers may be performing most of Tx/Rx
aggregation on their own (e.g. in firmware)
including AddBa/DelBa negotiations but may
otherwise require Rx reordering assistance.
The patch exports 2 new functions for establishing
Rx aggregation sessions in assumption device
driver has taken care of the necessary
negotiations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
[fix endian bug]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 5bcae31d9cb1ebfad3ad5a3eea04c8cdc329a04f |
|
25-Jun-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: implement multi-vif in-place reservations
Multi-vif in-place reservations happen when
it is impossible to allocate more channel contexts
as indicated by interface combinations.
Such reservations are not finalized until all
assigned interfaces are ready.
This still doesn't handle all possible cases
(i.e. degradation of number of channels) properly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 633e27132625a0692440c4db58b901fb3cb67c55 |
|
06-Feb-2014 |
David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> |
mac80211: split sched scan IEs
Split sched scan IEs to band specific and not band specific
blocks. Common IEs blocks may be sent to the FW once per command,
instead of per band.
This allows optimization of size of the command, which may be
required by some drivers (eg. iwlmvm with newer firmware version).
As this changes the mac80211 API, update all drivers to use the
new version correctly, even if they don't (yet) make use of the
split data.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| c56ef6725068c0ce499e517409c0da226ef51b08 |
|
05-Feb-2014 |
David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> |
mac80211: support more than one band in scan request
Some drivers (such as iwlmvm) can handle multiple bands in a single
HW scan request. Add a HW flag to indicate that the driver support
this. To hold the required data, create a separate structure for
HW scan request that holds cfg scan request and data about
different parts of the scan IEs.
As this changes the mac80211 API, update all drivers using it to
use the correct new function type/argument.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| ee10f2c779b28c1d6e87ac3e1bbb1aa8b62fa891 |
|
11-Jun-2014 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: protect TDLS discovery session
After sending a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on
the AP's channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since
a TDLS setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
Add a new mac80211 driver callback to allow discovery session protection.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| c887f0d3a03283cb6fe2c32aae62229bebd3fa32 |
|
11-Jun-2014 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add API to request TDLS operation from userspace
Write a mac80211 to the cfg80211 API for requesting a userspace TDLS
operation. Define TDLS specific reason codes that can be used here.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 1a5f0c13d1a8808c2bdd00630818ed491e1719f5 |
|
23-May-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: add a single-transaction driver op to switch contexts
In some cases, when the driver is already using all the channel
contexts it can handle at once, we have to do an in-place switch
(ie. we cannot afford using an extra context temporarily for the
transaction). But some drivers may not support switching the channel
context assigned to a vif on the fly (ie. without unassigning and
assigning it) while others may only work if the context is changed on
the fly, without unassigning it first.
To allow these different scenarios, add a new driver operation that
let's the driver decide how to handle an in-place switch.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| cca674d47e59665630f3005291b61bb883015fc5 |
|
19-May-2014 |
Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com> |
mac80211: export the expected throughput
Add get_expected_throughput() API to mac80211 so that each
driver can implement its own version based on the RC
algorithm they are using (might be using an HW RC algo).
The API returns a value expressed in Kbps.
Also, add the new get_expected_throughput() member
to the rate_control_ops structure in order to be
able to query the RC algorithm (this patch provides an
implementation of this API for both minstrel and
minstrel_ht).
The related member in the station_info object is now
filled accordingly when dumping a station.
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 8d77ec856200df31623074de3fde44519df7725b |
|
15-May-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix csa_counter_offs argument name in docbook
The csa_counter_offs was erroneously described as csa_offs in
the docbook section.
This fixes two warnings when making htmldocs (at least):
Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:3428): No description found for parameter 'csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM]'
Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:3428): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'csa_offs' description in 'ieee80211_mutable_offsets'
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 1af586c9116cdf6863823a830593c48cd9bcecde |
|
09-May-2014 |
Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> |
mac80211: Handle the CSA counters correctly
Make the beacon CSA counters part of ieee80211_mutable_offsets and don't
decrement CSA counters when generating a beacon template. This permits the
driver to offload the CSA counters handling. Since mac80211 updates the probe
responses with the correct counter, the driver should sync the counter's value
with mac80211 using ieee80211_csa_update_counter function.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 6ec8c332a0f93959e615158cc212b3abfd52abe7 |
|
09-May-2014 |
Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> |
mac80211: Provide ieee80211_beacon_get_template API
Add a new API ieee80211_beacon_get_template, which doesn't
affect DTIM counter and should be used if the device generates beacon
frames, and new beacon template is needed. In addition set the offsets
to TIM IE for MESH interface.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 59af6928d2099479c0bc2ef3f66cc7b33998120a |
|
09-Apr-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: fix CSA tx queue stopping
It was possible for tx queues to be stuck stopped
if AP CSA finalization failed. In that case
neither stop_ap nor do_stop woke the queues up.
This means it was impossible to perform tx at all
until driver was reloaded or a successful CSA was
performed later.
It was possible to solve this in a simpler manner
however this is more robust and future proof
(having multi-vif CSA in mind).
New sdata->csa_block_tx is introduced to keep
track of which interfaces requested tx to be
blocked for CSA. This is required because mac80211
stops all tx queues for that purpose. This means
queues must be awoken only when last tx-blocking
CSA interface is finished.
It is still possible to have tx queues stopped
after CSA failure but as soon as offending
interfaces are stopped from userspace (stop_ap or
ifdown) tx queues are woken up properly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 0c4972ccaa27620fe4281ac5c8c536978a563345 |
|
01-May-2014 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: set an external flag for TDLS stations
Expose a new tdls flag for the public ieee80211_sta struct.
This can be used in some rate control decisions.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 17d38fa8c20a9c3ec76943da46264ce657ac56d0 |
|
14-Apr-2014 |
Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com> |
mac80211: add option to generate CCMP IVs only for mgmt frames
Some chips can encrypt managment frames in HW, but
require generated IV in the frame. Add a key flag
that allows us to achieve this.
Signed-off-by: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
[use BIT(0) to fill that spot, fix indentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 041f607de17666bed0407370e3f4a56e697354a8 |
|
02-Apr-2014 |
Rostislav Lisovy <lisovy@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Update conf_is_ht() to work properly with 5/10MHz channels
The channels with 5/10MHz bandwidth are not HT. We have to
reflect this in conf_is_ht() function which returns whether the
particular channel is HT or not.
Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 5d52ee81101943c507f45c76368026935f6bb75a |
|
27-Feb-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow reservation of a running chanctx
With single-channel drivers, we need to be able to change a running
chanctx if we want to use chanctx reservation. Not all drivers may be
able to do this, so add a flag that indicates support for it.
Changing a running chanctx can also be used as an optimization in
multi-channel drivers when the context needs to be reserved for future
usage.
Introduce IEEE80211_CHANCTX_RESERVED chanctx mode to mark a channel as
reserved so nobody else can use it (since we know it's going to
change). In the future, we may allow several vifs to use the same
reservation as long as they plan to use the chanctx on the same
future channel.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 77be2c54c5bd26279abc13807398771d80cda37a |
|
27-Mar-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: add vif to flush call
This will allow the low level driver to make decision based
on the vif such as queues etc...
Since the vif might be NULL, we can't add it to the tracing
functions.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[fix staging rtl8821ae driver]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| fb378c231daf93c7c806848e8247781322867ece |
|
04-Mar-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: set beamforming bit in radiotap
Add a bit in rx_status.vht_flags to let the low level driver
notify mac80211 about a beamformed packet. Propagate this
to the radiotap header.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| a0f995a561d90636120bce2e89157b537a174c92 |
|
13-Mar-2014 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add status_driver_data array to ieee80211_tx_info
Drivers might want to have private data in addition
to all other ieee80211_tx_info.status fields.
The current ieee80211_tx_info.rate_driver_data overlaps
with some of the non-rate data (e.g. ampdu_ack_len), so
it might not be good enough.
Since we already know how much free bytes remained,
simply use this size to define (void *) array.
While on it, change ack_signal type from int to the more
explicit s32 type.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 37e3308cb2b6933019d9d9c2045877d6d68d9c5a |
|
17-Feb-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow driver to return error from sched_scan_stop
In order to solve races with sched_scan_stop, it is necessary
for the driver to be able to return an error to propagate that
to cfg80211 so it doesn't send an event.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| e227867f12302633737bd2a48a10a9a72c0630cb |
|
18-Feb-2014 |
Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com> |
treewide: Fix typo in Documentation/DocBook
This patch fix spelling typo in Documentation/DocBook.
It is because .html and .xml files are generated by make htmldocs,
I have to fix a typo within the source files.
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
|
| d85dad75566674ca8012715ac00a84ced3697972 |
|
13-Feb-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove erroneous comment about RX radiotap header
There's no way the driver can pre-build the radiotap header,
so remove the comment stating that it can.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 06d181a8fd58031db9c114d920b40d8820380a6e |
|
04-Feb-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add NAPI support back
NAPI was originally added to mac80211 a long time ago (by John in
commit 4e6cbfd09c66 in July 2010), but then removed years later
(by Stanislaw in commit 30c97120c6c7 in February 2013). No driver
ever used it, so that was fine.
Now I'm adding support for NAPI to our driver, so add some code
to mac80211 again to support NAPI. John was originally wrapping
some (but not nearly all NAPI-related functions), but that doesn't
scale very well with the number of functions that are there, some
of which are even only inlines. Thus, instead of doing that, let
the drivers manage the NAPI struct, except for napi_add() which is
needed so mac80211 knows how to call napi_gro_receive().
Also remove some no longer needed definitions that were left when
NAPI support was removed.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 448cd2e248732326632957e52ea9c44729affcb2 |
|
10-Feb-2014 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: reset probe_send_count also in HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR case
In case of beacon_loss with IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR
device, mac80211 probes the ap (and disconnects on timeout)
but ignores the ack.
If we already got an ack, there's no reason to continue
disconnecting. this can help devices that supports
IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR only partially (e.g. take
care of keep alives, but does not probe the ap.
In case the device wants to disconnect without probing,
it can just call ieee80211_connection_loss.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 63c361f5114d81db789f8f5671c76c228c35b021 |
|
04-Feb-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: propagate STBC / LDPC flags to radiotap
This capabilities weren't propagated to the radiotap header.
We don't set here the VHT_KNOWN / MCS_HAVE flag because not
all the low level drivers will know how to properly flag
the frames, hence the low level driver will be in charge
of setting IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FEC,
IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_STBC and / or
IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_STBC according to its
capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 1b8d242adbea881658071efc31d2c0dcf8a44fb7 |
|
05-Feb-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: move VHT related RX_FLAG to another variable
ieee80211_rx_status.flags is full. Define a new vht_flag
variable to be able to set more VHT related flags and make
room in flags.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> [ath10k]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 0059b2b142b9938118e1ed1ea630c527119425fe |
|
05-Feb-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove unused radiotap vendor fields in ieee80211_rx_status
The purpose of this housekeeping is to make some room for
VHT flags. The radiotap vendor fields weren't in use.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| cc01f9b55fe77831a3ef63c0c461ca76540cee88 |
|
22-Jan-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove module handling from rate control ops
There's not a single rate control algorithm actually in
a separate module where the module refcount would be
required. Similarly, there's no specific rate control
module.
Therefore, all the module handling code in rate control
is really just dead code, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 631ad703ba3a585e96acbfd2ac8c0f0fee1ad99b |
|
20-Jan-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: make rate control ops const
Change the code to allow making all the rate control ops
const, nothing ever needs to change them. Also change all
drivers to make use of this and mark the ops const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 66e01cf99e0a9d0cbff21b0288c049654d5acf3e |
|
13-Jan-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: only set CSA beacon when at least one beacon must be transmitted
A beacon should never have a Channel Switch Announcement information
element with a count of 0, because a count of 1 means switch just
before the next beacon. So, if a count of 0 was valid in a beacon, it
would have been transmitted in the next channel already, which is
useless. A CSA count equal to zero is only meaningful in action
frames or probe_responses.
Fix the ieee80211_csa_is_complete() and ieee80211_update_csa()
functions accordingly.
With a CSA count of 0, we won't transmit any CSA beacons, because the
switch will happen before the next TBTT. To avoid extra work and
potential confusion in the drivers, complete the CSA immediately,
instead of waiting for the driver to call ieee80211_csa_finish().
To keep things simpler, we also switch immediately when the CSA count
is 1, while in theory we should delay the switch until just before the
next TBTT.
Additionally, move the ieee80211_csa_finish() function to cfg.c,
where it makes more sense.
Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Acked-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| b77cf4f8e1892e192ec52df5dd8c158b300fc496 |
|
09-Jan-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle MMPDUs at EOSP correctly
If a uAPSD service period ends with an MMPDU, we currently just
send that MMPDU, but it obviously won't get the EOSP bit set as
it doesn't have a QoS header. This contradicts the standard, so
add a QoS-nulldata frame after the MMPDU to properly terminate
the service period with a frame that has EOSP set.
Also fix a bug wrt. the TID for the MMPDU, it shouldn't be set
to 0 unconditionally but use the actual TID that was assigned.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 685328b296acc810541d2532957912690273c64a |
|
06-Jan-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove channel_change_time
This value is no longer used by mac80211, and practically no
driver ever set it to a correct value anyway, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| a7022e65c68ad89d6eb64f21aa4831c3822403d4 |
|
16-Dec-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add helper functions for tracking P2P NoA state
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 70dabeb74ee3bff71b65f47546dafb83edbb06b9 |
|
14-Dec-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: let the driver reserve extra tailroom in beacons
Can be used to add extra IEs (such as P2P NoA) without having to
reallocate the buffer.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 6a9d1b91f34df1935bc0ad98114801a44db0f98c |
|
04-Dec-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add pre-RCU-sync sta removal driver operation
Currently, mac80211 allows drivers to keep RCU-protected station
references that are cleared when the station is removed from the
driver and consequently needs to synchronize twice, once before
removing the station from the driver (so it can guarantee that
the station is no longer used in TX towards the driver) and once
after the station is removed from the driver.
Add a new pre-RCU-synchronisation station removal operation to
the API to allow drivers to clear/invalidate their RCU-protected
station pointers before the RCU synchronisation.
This will allow removing the second synchronisation by changing
the driver API so that the driver may no longer assume a valid
RCU-protected pointer after sta_remove/sta_state returns.
The alternative to this would be to synchronize_rcu() in all the
drivers that currently rely on this behaviour (only iwlmvm) but
that would defeat the purpose.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| ad7e718c9b4f717823fd920a0103f7b0fb06183f |
|
13-Nov-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211: vendor command support
Add support for vendor-specific commands to nl80211. This is
intended to be used for really vendor-specific functionality
that can't be implemented in a generic fashion for any reason.
It's *NOT* intended to be used for any normal/generic feature
or any optimisations that could be implemented across drivers.
Currently, only vendor commands (with replies) are supported,
no dump operations or vendor-specific notifications.
Also add a function wdev_to_ieee80211_vif() to mac80211 which
is needed for mac80211-based drivers wanting to implement any
vendor commands.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 18cfd3bfc904e2360af3a1c059c84b3f1944afb4 |
|
03-Dec-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
Revert "mac80211: add driver callback for per-interface multicast filter"
This reverts commit 488b366a452934141959384c7a1b52b22d6154ef.
The code isn't used by anyone, and the Intel driver isn't planning
to use it either right now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 21f659bf1f93f7052b977d95cca560f02dc2edce |
|
11-Nov-2013 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add min required channel definition field
Add a new field to ieee80211_chanctx_conf to indicate
the min required channel configuration.
Tuning to a narrower channel might help reducing
the noise level and saving some power.
The min required channel definition is the max of
all min required channel definitions of the interfaces
bound to this channel context.
In AP mode, use 20MHz when there are no connected station.
When a new station is added/removed, calculate the new max
bandwidth supported by any of the stations (e.g. 80MHz when
80MHz and 40MHz stations are connected).
In other cases, simply use bss_conf.chandef as the
min required chandef.
Notify drivers about changes to this field by calling
drv_change_chanctx with a new CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH notification.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 2475b1cc0d5283a33144b79f3eba6d401d873962 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com> |
mac80211: add generic cipher scheme support
This adds generic cipher scheme support to mac80211, such schemes
are fully under control by the driver. On hw registration drivers
may specify additional HW ciphers with a scheme how these ciphers
have to be handled by mac80211 TX/RR. A cipher scheme specifies a
cipher suite value, a size of the security header to be added to
or stripped from frames and how the PN is to be verified on RX.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 06be6b149f7e406bcf16098567f5a6c9f042bced |
|
14-Oct-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb() helper function
This can be used by a driver to prepare skbs for transmission, which were
obtained via functions such as ieee80211_probereq_get or
ieee80211_nullfunc_get.
This is useful for drivers that want to send those frames directly, but
need rate control information to be prepared first.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 919be62b97e43e48c97a35ff82add1719d56553e |
|
14-Oct-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add missing IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES docs
Document the IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES flag.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 7578d57520f51093f590d68e16965e2714e69747 |
|
01-Sep-2013 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: implement STA CSA for drivers using channel contexts
Limit the current implementation to a single channel context used by
a single vif, thereby avoiding multi-vif/channel complexities.
Reuse the main function from AP CSA code, but move a portion out in
order to fit the STA scenario.
Add a new mac80211 HW flag so we don't break devices that don't support
channel switch with channel-contexts. The new behavior will be opt-in.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 0cfcefef1945c6d3f24bce1c22937cfeae07eae8 |
|
23-Sep-2013 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: support reporting A-MSDU subframes individually
Some devices may not be able to report A-MSDUs in
single buffers. Drivers for such devices were
forced to re-assemble A-MSDUs which would then
be eventually disassembled by mac80211. This could
lead to CPU cache thrashing and poor performance.
Since A-MSDU has a single sequence number all
subframes share it. This was in conflict with
retransmission/duplication recovery
(IEEE802.11-2012: 9.3.2.10).
Patch introduces a new flag that is meant to be
set for all individually reported A-MSDU subframes
except the last one. This ensures the
last_seq_ctrl is updated after the last subframe
is processed. If an A-MSDU is actually a duplicate
transmission all reported subframes will be
properly discarded.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
[johannes: add braces that were missing even before]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 55fff50113daa178010a38e0dc27172f06d17b8e |
|
19-Aug-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add explicit IBSS driver operations
This can be useful for drivers if they have any failure cases
when joining an IBSS. Also move setting the queue parameters
to before this new call, in case the new driver op needs them
already.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| c7c71066c27f2bafb2ce3b10c407c0285f56acfa |
|
21-Aug-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl()
If it is needed to disconnect multiple virtual interfaces after
(WoWLAN-) suspend, the most obvious approach would be to iterate
all interfaces by calling ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces()
and then call ieee80211_resume_disconnect() for each one. This
is what the iwlmvm driver does.
Unfortunately, this causes a locking dependency from mac80211's
iflist_mtx to the key_mtx. This is problematic as the former is
intentionally never held while calling any driver operation to
allow drivers to iterate with their own locks held. The key_mtx
is held while installing a key into the driver though, so this
new lock dependency means drivers implementing the logic above
can no longer hold their own lock while iterating.
To fix this, add a new ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl()
function that iterates while the RTNL is already held. This is
true during suspend/resume, so that then the locking dependency
isn't introduced.
While at it, also refactor the various interface iterators and
keep only a single implementation called by the various cases.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 2dfca312a91631311c1cf7c090246cc8103de038 |
|
20-Aug-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add a flag to indicate CCK support for HT clients
brcm80211 cannot handle sending frames with CCK rates as part of an
A-MPDU session. Other drivers may have issues too. Set the flag in all
drivers that have been tested with CCK rates.
This fixes a reported brcmsmac regression introduced in
commit ef47a5e4f1aaf1d0e2e6875e34b2c9595897bef6
"mac80211/minstrel_ht: fix cck rate sampling"
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.10
Reported-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 27b3eb9c06a7193bdc9800cd00764a130343bc8a |
|
07-Aug-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add APIs to allow keeping connections after WoWLAN
In order to be able to (securely) keep connections alive after
the system was suspended for WoWLAN, we need some additional
APIs. We already have API (ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify) to tell
wpa_supplicant about the new replay counter if GTK rekeying
was done by the device while the host was asleep, but that's
not sufficient.
If GTK rekeying wasn't done, we need to tell the host about
sequence counters for the GTK (and PTK regardless of rekeying)
that was used while asleep, add ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq() for
that.
If GTK rekeying was done, then we need to be able to disable
the old keys (with ieee80211_remove_key()) and allocate the
new GTK key(s) in mac80211 (with ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add()).
If protocol offload (e.g. ARP) is implemented, then also the
TX sequence counter for the PTK must be updated, using the new
ieee80211_set_key_tx_seq() function.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 52981cd79461e47fe683febfcbd3d380c72b1c6c |
|
31-Jul-2013 |
David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> |
mac80211: add vif to testmode cmd
Pass the wdev from cfg80211 on to the driver as the vif
if given and it's valid for the driver.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| af61a165187bb94b1dc7628ef815c23d0eacf40b |
|
02-Jul-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add control port protocol TX control flag
A lot of drivers check the frame protocol for ETH_P_PAE,
for various reasons (like making those more reliable).
Add a new flags bitmap to the TX control info and a new
flag indicating the control port protocol is in use to
let all drivers also apply such logic to other control
port protocols, should they be configured.
Also use the new flag in the iwlwifi drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 73da7d5bab79ad7e16ff44d67c3fe8b9c0b33e5b |
|
11-Jul-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: add channel switch command and beacon callbacks
The count field in CSA must be decremented with each beacon
transmitted. This patch implements the functionality for drivers
using ieee80211_beacon_get(). Other drivers must call back manually
after reaching count == 0.
This patch also contains the handling and finish worker for the channel
switch command, and mac80211/chanctx code to allow to change a channel
definition of an active channel context.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
[small cleanups, catch identical chandef]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 10dd9b7ce37e359066b9ab59592f81684360561a |
|
01-Aug-2013 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
cfg80211.h/mac80211.h: Remove extern from function prototypes
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Reflow modified prototypes to 80 columns.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| a5e70697d0c4836e69c60de92db27eac9ae71e05 |
|
08-Jul-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: add radiotap flag and handling for 5/10 MHz
Wireshark already defines radiotap channel flags for 5 and 10 MHz, so
just use them in Linux radiotap too. Furthermore, add rx status flags to
allow drivers to report when they received data on 5 or 10 MHz channels.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
| 3de805cf965d69c8d3d7d69368d5fd2c925a2d5a |
|
08-Jul-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211/rc80211: add chandef to rate initialization
5 and 10 MHz support needs to know the current operating channel width,
add the chandef to the rate control API.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
| ad24b0da9ecec433091f74596843703e4cf5da77 |
|
05-Jul-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
wireless: indent kernel-doc with tabs
Almost everywhere tabs are used to indent continuation
lines, replace the few places that use spaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
| 817cee767523769cbc5ac94e439cde0c21752cbc |
|
19-May-2013 |
Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> |
mac80211: track AP's beacon rate and give it to the driver
Track the AP's beacon rate in the scan BSS data and in the
interface configuration to let the drivers know which rate
the AP is using. This information may be used by drivers,
in our case to let the firmware optimise beacon RX.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 989c6505cdda587f87573bb6828f23964dd3d19b |
|
16-May-2013 |
Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> |
mac80211: Use suitable semantics for beacon availability indication
Currently beacon availability upon association is marked by have_beacon
flag of assoc_data structure that becomes unavailable when association
completes. However beacon availability indication is required also after
association to inform a driver. Currently dtim_period parameter is used
for this purpose. Move have_beacon flag to another structure, persistant
throughout a interface's life cycle. Use suitable sematics for beacon
availability indication.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
[fix another instance of BSS_CHANGED_DTIM_PERIOD in docs]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| d6d23de2786edca61fb9813ff7cdc7d2543d08a7 |
|
04-Jun-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add a tx control flag to indicate PS-Poll/uAPSD response
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 786677d100600b7f6089bae0d3967c1b901a6141 |
|
24-May-2013 |
Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> |
mac80211: add STBC flag for radiotap
Some chips can tell us if received frame was
encoded with STBC or not. To make this information available
in user space we can use updated radiotap specification:
http://www.radiotap.org/defined-fields/MCS
This patch will set number of STBC encoded spatial streams (Nss).
The HAVE_STBC flag should be provided by driver.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 03f831a6f7dc02303df20718a4e96821e43b3d0c |
|
02-May-2013 |
Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca> |
wireless: fix kerneldoc content in *80211.h files.
Make kerneldoc content match header file content, no functional
change.
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| ef0621e805f9ef76eaf31ce6205028fe467e9ca9 |
|
22-Apr-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add support for per-chain signal strength reporting
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[fix unit documentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| f6b3d85f7f6d66f890862d763b2ed092c5dd4322 |
|
03-May-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix spurious RCU warning and update documentation
Document rx vs tx status concurrency requirements.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 0d528d85c519b755b6f4e1bafa3a39984370e1c1 |
|
22-Apr-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: improve the rate control API
Allow rate control modules to pass a rate selection table to mac80211
and the driver. This allows drivers to fetch the most recent rate
selection from the sta pointer for already buffered frames. This allows
rate control to respond faster to sudden link changes and it is also a
step towards adding minstrel_ht support to drivers like iwlwifi.
When a driver sets IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE, mac80211 will not
fill info->control.rates with rates from the rate table (to preserve
explicit overrides by the rate control module). The driver then
explicitly calls ieee80211_get_tx_rates to merge overrides from
info->control.rates with defaults from the sta rate table.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 908f8d07e9774c2476e0683f6a0ce50562a2da45 |
|
07-Apr-2013 |
Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> |
mac80211: indicate admission control in TX queue parameters
Some driver implementations need to know whether mandatory
admission control is required by the AP for some ACs. Add
a parameter to the TX queue parameters indicating this.
As there's currently no support for admission control in
mac80211's AP implementation, it's only ever set for the
client implementation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 991fec091061b901e4fdcc8af4fd25d24a5a7bab |
|
16-Apr-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix CTS protection handling
The rates[0] CTS and RTS flags are only set after rate control has been
called, so minstrel cannot use them to for setting the number of
retries. This patch adds two new flags to explicitly indicate RTS/CTS use.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 2ffbe6d333664a089f17b13aa79eefe38f794bb7 |
|
16-Apr-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix and optimize MCS mask handling
Currently the code always copies the configured MCS mask (even if it is
set to default), but only uses it if legacy rates were also masked out.
Fix this by adding a flag that tracks whether the configured MCS mask is
set to default or not.
Optimize the code further by storing a pointer to the configured rate
mask in txrc instead of using memcpy.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 6bc8312f95f982c0a6f26e87d0a6c299a697ed53 |
|
15-Apr-2013 |
Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> |
mac80211: VHT off-by-one NSS
The number of VHT spatial streams (NSS) is found in:
- s8 ieee80211_tx_rate.rate.idx[6:4] (tx - filled by rate control)
- u8 ieee80211_rx_status.vht_nss (rx - filled by driver)
Tx discriminates valid rates indexes with the sign bit and encodes NSS
starting from 0 to 7 (note this matches some hw encodings e.g IWLMVM).
Rx does not have the same constraints, and encodes NSS starting from 1
to 8 (note this matches what wireshark expects in the radiotap header).
To handle ieee80211_tx_rate.rate.idx[6:4] ieee80211_rate_set_vht() and
ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss() assume their nss parameter and return value
respectively runs from 0 to 7.
ATM, there are only 2 users of these: cfg.c:sta_set_rate_info_t() and
iwlwifi/mvm/tx.c:iwl_mvm_hwrate_to_tx_control(), but both assume nss
runs from 1 to 8.
This patch fixes this inconsistency by making ieee80211_rate_set_vht()
and ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss() handle an nss running from 1 to 8.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 85220d71bf3ca1ba9129e0744247ae5f61bec559 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support secondary channel offset in CSA
Add support for the secondary channel offset IE in channel
switch announcements. This is necessary for proper handling
of CSA on HT access points.
For this to work it is also necessary to convert everything
here to use chandef structs instead of just channels. The
driver updates aren't really correct though. In particular,
the TI wl18xx driver update can't possibly be right since
it just ignores the new channel width for lack of firmware
API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 0ca54f6c5fd4ce58aa044d1fc7f00d7f6cf2801c |
|
10-Apr-2013 |
Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com> |
mac80211: provide SSID in IBSS mode
Some drivers need SSID in AP and IBSS mode. AP SSID is provided
through BSS_CHANGED_SSID notification. There was no easy way to
do the same for IBSS. In IBSS mode SSID is known but was not
stored in BSS configuration. Extend the AP-mode functionality
to also work in IBSS mode.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 675a0b049abf6edf30f8dd84c5610b6edc2296c8 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> |
mac80211: Use a cfg80211_chan_def in ieee80211_hw_conf_chan
Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because
they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel,
nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
[fix kernel-doc]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 219c38674c262378ec411dd8318ebfd199fbce8d |
|
22-Jan-2013 |
Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to set default uAPSD parameters
mac80211 currently sets uAPSD parameters to have VO AC trigger-
and delivery-enabled, with maximum service period length.
Allow drivers to change these default settings since different
uAPSD client implementations may handle errors differently and
be able to recover from some errors.
Note: some APs may not function correctly if one or all ACs are
trigger- and delivery-enabled, see
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/93577.
We retested with this AP and later firmware doesn't have this
bug any more.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 67baf66339f82b5ddef5731caedb1e6db496818d |
|
21-Mar-2013 |
Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@gmail.com> |
mac80211: add P2P NoA settings
Add P2P NoA settings for STA mode.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[fix docs]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 445ea4e83ec50668cc9ad7e5cf96d242f19165e8 |
|
13-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: stop queues temporarily for flushing
Sometimes queues are flushed in the middle of
operation, which can lead to driver issues.
Stop queues temporarily, while flushing, to
avoid transmitting new packets while they are
being flushed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 39ecc01d1bbe3de2cf5f01a81e176ea5160d3b95 |
|
13-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: pass queue bitmap to flush operation
There are a number of situations in which mac80211 only
really needs to flush queues for one virtual interface,
and in fact during this frames might be transmitted on
other virtual interfaces. Calculate and pass a queue
bitmap to the driver so it knows which queues to flush.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| d260ff12e7768444b4da7612b785cfd7cbc1d1c1 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: remove vif debugfs driver callbacks
This basically reverts commit b207cdb07f3f01ec1adaac62e9d0cc918c60a81a.
Now is possible to use drv_{add,remove}_interface() and vif->debugfs_dir
to create/remove per interface debugfs files. Remove redundant
callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| ddbfe860acc39d4856a86186eb8a292426ea6224 |
|
08-Mar-2013 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: move sdata debugfs dir to vif
There is need create driver own per interface debugfs files. This is
currently done by drv_{add,remove}_interface_debugfs() callbacks. But it
is possible that after we remove interface from the driver (i.e.
on suspend) we call drv_remove_interface_debugfs() function. Fixing this
problem will require to add call drv_{add,remove}_interface_debugfs()
anytime we create and remove interface in mac80211. So it's better to
add debugfs dir dentry to vif structure to allow to create/remove
custom debugfs driver files on drv_{add,remove}_interface().
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 488b366a452934141959384c7a1b52b22d6154ef |
|
11-Feb-2013 |
Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> |
mac80211: add driver callback for per-interface multicast filter
Some devices have multicast filter capability for each individual
virtual interface rather than just a global one. Add an interface
specific driver callback allowing such drivers to configure this.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| e943789edbb1f9de71b129d9992489eb79ed341f |
|
15-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: provide ieee80211_sta_eosp()
The irqsafe version ieee80211_sta_eosp_irqsafe() exists, but
drivers must not mix calls to any irqsafe/non-irqsafe function.
Both ath9k and iwlwifi, the likely first users of this interface,
use non-irqsafe RX/TX/TX status so must also use a non-irqsafe
version of this function. Since no driver uses the _irqsafe()
version, remove that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 55d942f4246c79a8f3f17f92c224e641c5c26125 |
|
01-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: restrict peer's VHT capabilities to own
Implement restricting peer VHT capabilities to the device's own
capabilities. This is useful when a single driver supports more
than one device and the devices have different capabilities
(often they will differ in the number of spatial streams), but
in particular is also necessary for VHT capability overrides to
work correctly -- otherwise it'd be possible to e.g. advertise,
due to overrides, that TX-STBC is not supported, but then still
use it to TX to the AP because it supports RX-STBC.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| a87121051ce80831a302c67286119013104f7a5a |
|
23-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_WMM_STA
There's no driver using this flag, so it seems
that all drivers support HW crypto with WMM or
don't support it at all. Remove the flag and
code setting it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| d339d5ca8eee34f3c70386cf2545edc53e546a13 |
|
12-Feb-2013 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
mac80211: Allow drivers to differentiate between ROC types
Some devices can handle remain on channel requests differently
based on the request type/priority. Add support to
differentiate between different ROC types, i.e., indicate that
the ROC is required for sending managment frames.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| af0ed69badc67a0b6e976543f52029fce9ac8f69 |
|
12-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: stop modifying HT SMPS capability
Instead of modifying the HT SMPS capability field
for stations, track the SMPS mode explicitly in a
new field in the station struct and use it in the
drivers that care about it. This simplifies the
code using it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 2c9b735982ee8a2d34e7eeb3e26b683f81872fdb |
|
07-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_vif_change_bandwidth
For HT and VHT the current bandwidth can change,
add the function ieee80211_vif_change_bandwidth()
to take care of this. It returns a failure if the
new bandwidth isn't compatible with the existing
channel context, the caller has to handle that.
When it happens, also inform the driver that the
bandwidth changed for this virtual interface (no
drivers would actually care today though.)
Changing to/from HT/VHT isn't allowed though.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 0af83d3df5863224336a18c24a14fda542b712f5 |
|
27-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle VHT operating mode notification
Handle the operating mode notification action frame.
When the supported streams or the bandwidth change
let the driver and rate control algorithm know.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 8921d04e8df7475d733d853564bdb001e83bf33f |
|
27-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: track number of spatial streams
With VHT, a station can change the number of spatial
streams it can receive on the fly, not unlike spatial
multiplexing in HT. Prepare for that by tracking the
maximum number of spatial streams it can receive when
the connection is established.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| e1a0c6b3a4b27ed5f21291d0bbee2167ec201ef5 |
|
07-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: stop toggling IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
For VHT, many more bandwidth changes are possible. As a first
step, stop toggling the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40 flag
in the HT capabilities and instead introduce a bandwidth field
indicating the currently usable bandwidth to transmit to the
station. Of course, make all drivers use it.
To achieve this, make ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() get
the station as an argument, rather than the new capabilities,
so it can set up the new bandwidth field.
If the station is a VHT station and VHT bandwidth is in use,
also set the bandwidth accordingly.
Doing this allows us to get rid of the supports_40mhz flag as
the HT capabilities now reflect the true capability instead of
the current setting.
While at it, also fix ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() to not
ignore HT cap overrides when MCS TX isn't supported (not that it
really happens...)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 164eb02d070af987890e1db1c12b8ae0394b19f7 |
|
08-Feb-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: add radar detection command/event
Add command to trigger radar detection in the driver/FW.
Once radar detection is started it should continuously
monitor for radars as long as the channel active.
If radar is detected usermode notified with 'radar
detected' event.
Scanning and remain on channel functionality must be disabled
while doing radar detection/scanning, and vice versa.
Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 6c17b77b67587b9f9e3070fb89fe98cef3187131 |
|
11-Feb-2013 |
Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> |
mac80211: Fix tx queue handling during scans
Scans currently work by stopping the netdev tx queues but leaving the
mac80211 queues active. This stops the flow of incoming packets while
still allowing mac80211 to transmit nullfunc and probe request frames to
facilitate scanning. However, the driver may try to wake the mac80211
queues while in this state, which will also wake the netdev queues.
To prevent this, add a new queue stop reason,
IEEE80211_QUEUE_STOP_REASON_OFFCHANNEL, to be used when stopping the tx
queues for off-channel operation. This prevents the netdev queues from
waking when a driver wakes the mac80211 queues.
This also stops all frames from being transmitted, even those meant to
be sent off-channel. Add a new tx control flag,
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK, which allows frames to be transmitted
when the queues are stopped only for the off-channel stop reason. Update
all locations transmitting off-channel frames to use this flag.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| f1e3e0515646dd0f4c783c1c39839d2706501344 |
|
06-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove IEEE80211_HW_SCAN_WHILE_IDLE
There are only a few drivers that use HW scan, and
all of those don't need a non-idle transition before
starting the scan -- some don't even care about idle
at all. Remove the flag and code associated with it.
The only driver that really actually needed this is
wl1251 and it can just do it itself in the hw_scan
callback -- implement that.
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 09b85568c142fc1c776dea86a24fcb05f0eeb48b |
|
06-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove dynamic PS driver interface
The functions were added for some sort of Bluetooth
coexistence, but aren't used, so remove them again.
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| ef429dadf33feeb150098dbe84ccaa877e3261f6 |
|
05-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: introduce beacon-only timing data
In order to be able to predict the next DTIM TBTT
in the driver, add the ability to use timing data
from beacons only with the new hardware flag
IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY and the BSS info
value sync_dtim_count which is only valid if the
timing data came from a beacon. The data can only
come from a beacon, and if no beacon was received
before association it is updated later together
with the DTIM count notification.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| b207cdb07f3f01ec1adaac62e9d0cc918c60a81a |
|
22-Dec-2012 |
Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> |
mac80211: add vif debugfs driver callbacks
Add debugfs driver callbacks so drivers can add
debugfs entries for interfaces. Note that they
_must_ remove the entries again as add/remove in
the driver doesn't correspond to add/remove in
debugfs; the former is up/down while the latter
is netdev create/destroy.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 682bd38b8ac1fa3e84e84cddd1f1d7eeebce1212 |
|
29-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: always allow calling ieee80211_connection_loss()
With multi-channel, there's a corner case where a driver
doesn't receive a beacon soon enough to be able to sync
its timers with the AP. In this case, the only recovery
(after trying again) is to disconnect from the AP. Allow
calling ieee80211_connection_loss() for such cases. To
make that possible, modify the work function to not rely
on the IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR flag but use new
state kept in the interface instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 1672c0e31917f49d31d30d79067103432bc20cc7 |
|
29-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: start auth/assoc timeout on frame status
When sending authentication/association frames they
might take a bit of time to go out because we may
have to synchronise with the AP, in particular in
the case where it's really a P2P GO. In this case
the 200ms fixed timeout could potentially be too
short if the beacon interval is relatively large.
For drivers that report TX status we can do better.
Instead of starting the timeout directly, start it
only when the frame status arrives. Since then the
frame was out on the air, we can wait shorter (the
typical response time is supposed to be 30ms, wait
100ms.) Also, if the frame failed to be transmitted
try again right away instead of waiting.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| c65dd1477b6fe5971489dd8b6e28a07ec277fdd6 |
|
12-Dec-2012 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: inform the driver about update of dtim_period
Currently, when the driver requires the DTIM period,
mac80211 will wait to hear a beacon before association.
This behavior is suboptimal since some drivers may be
able to deal with knowing the DTIM period after the
association, if they get it at all.
To address this, notify the drivers with bss_info_changed
with the new BSS_CHANGED_DTIM_PERIOD flag when the DTIM
becomes known. This might be when changing to associated,
or later when the entire association was done with only
probe response information.
Rename the hardware flag for the current behaviour to
IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC to more accurately
reflect its behaviour. IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_PERIOD is
no longer accurate as all drivers get the DTIM period
now, just not before association.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| cd8f7cb4e6dfa4ea08fc250a814240b883ef7911 |
|
22-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: support reporting wakeup reason
When waking up from WoWLAN, it is useful to know
what triggered the wakeup. Support reporting the
wakeup reason(s) in cfg80211 (and a pass-through
in mac80211) to allow userspace to know.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 8df6b7b11a5e4200484e9356073d288f08bdefb0 |
|
28-Jan-2013 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: remove IEEE80211_HW_TEARDOWN_AGGR_ON_BAR_FAIL
This is basically a revert of:
commit 5b632fe85ec82e5c43740b52e74c66df50a37db3
Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Date: Mon Dec 3 12:56:33 2012 +0100
mac80211: introduce IEEE80211_HW_TEARDOWN_AGGR_ON_BAR_FAIL
We do not need this flag any longer, rt2x00 BAR/BA problem was fixed
correctly by wireless-testing commit:
commit 84e9e8ebd369679a958200a8baca96aafb2393bb
Author: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Date: Thu Jan 17 17:34:32 2013 +0100
rt2x00: Improve TX status handling for BlockAckReq frames
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 887da9176e011a044b12ec0deff62df5faadd67c |
|
20-Jan-2013 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: provide the vif in rssi_callback
Since drivers can support several BSS / P2P Client
interfaces, the rssi callback needs to inform the driver
about the interface teh rssi event relates to.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| a65240c1013222dbf41166c8b2c5ed2720c807c3 |
|
14-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to access IPv6 information
To be able to implement NS response offloading (in
regular operation or while in WoWLAN) drivers need
to know the IPv6 addresses assigned to interfaces.
Implement an IPv6 notifier in mac80211 to call the
driver when addresses change.
Unlike for IPv4, implement it as a callback rather
than as a list in the BSS configuration, that is
more flexible.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 0f19b41e223d787251c59137e61fc5145c13d1c4 |
|
14-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove ARP filter enable/disable logic
Depending on the driver, having ARP filtering for
some addresses may be possible. Remove the logic
that tracks whether ARP filter is enabled or not
and give the driver the total number of addresses
instead of the length of the list so it can make
its own decision.
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| de5fad815703b5b24bc4726cd71422929537d259 |
|
30-May-2012 |
Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com> |
mac80211: add op to configure default key id
There are hardwares which support offload of data packets
for example when auto ARP is enabled the hw will send
the ARP response. In such cases if WEP encryption is
configured the hw must know the default WEP key in order
to encrypt the packets correctly.
When hw_accel is enabled and encryption type is set to WEP,
the driver should get the default key index from mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com>
[cleanups, fixes, documentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 8f21b0adfe95907926da1bb0bcd3382b13d0143d |
|
11-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: call restart complete at wowlan resume time
When the driver's resume function can't completely
restore the configuration in the device, it returns
1 from the callback which will be treated like a HW
restart request, but done directly.
In this case, also call the driver's restart_complete()
function so it can finish the reconfiguration there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 0ae997dc75efb60d47f0c71890f1e972f7d462c1 |
|
12-Jan-2013 |
Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> |
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings
When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports
the following type of warnings:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type'
These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc
runs in verbose mode.
To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values.
Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com>
[adjust for freq_reg_info() change]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 1c06ef9831c78648f719a174e4598ae2600b0cf7 |
|
28-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wireless: use __aligned
Use __aligned(...) instead of __attribute__((aligned(...)))
in mac80211 and cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 18b559d5db47c86b10c14590aa2d26c0243c39e4 |
|
18-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: split TX aggregation stop action
When TX aggregation is stopped, there are a few
different cases:
- connection with the peer was dropped
- session stop was requested locally
- session stop was requested by the peer
- connection was dropped while a session is stopping
The behaviour in these cases should be different, if
the connection is dropped then the driver should drop
all frames, otherwise the frames may continue to be
transmitted, aggregated in the case of a locally
requested session stop or unaggregated in the case of
the peer requesting session stop.
Split these different cases so that the driver can
act accordingly; however, treat local and remote stop
the same way and ask the driver to not send frames as
aggregated packets any more.
In the case of connection drop, the stop callback the
driver is otherwise supposed to call is no longer
required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 8a61af65c6d03781015315dbc43d0942a5b31db9 |
|
13-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix channel context iteration
During suspend/resume channel contexts might be
iterated even if they haven't been re-added to
the driver, keep track of this and skip them in
iteration. Also use the new status for sanity
checks.
Also clarify the fact that during HW restart all
contexts are iterated over (thanks Eliad.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 5b632fe85ec82e5c43740b52e74c66df50a37db3 |
|
03-Dec-2012 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: introduce IEEE80211_HW_TEARDOWN_AGGR_ON_BAR_FAIL
Commit f0425beda4d404a6e751439b562100b902ba9c98 "mac80211: retry sending
failed BAR frames later instead of tearing down aggr" caused regression
on rt2x00 hardware (connection hangs). This regression was fixed by
commit be03d4a45c09ee5100d3aaaedd087f19bc20d01 "rt2x00: Don't let
mac80211 send a BAR when an AMPDU subframe fails". But the latter
commit caused yet another problem reported in
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=42828#c22
After long discussion in this thread:
http://mid.gmane.org/20121018075615.GA18212@redhat.com
and testing various alternative solutions, which failed on one or other
setup, we have no other good fix for the issues like just revert both
mentioned earlier commits.
To do not affect other hardware which benefit from commit
f0425beda4d404a6e751439b562100b902ba9c98, instead of reverting it,
introduce flag that when used will restore mac80211 behaviour before
the commit.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
[replaced link with mid.gmane.org that has message-id]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 5d7fad48ca763f6b20c2d4daf7df9fd7aa2cb242 |
|
30-Nov-2012 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: Fix typo in mac80211.h
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| b9a9ada14aab17f08c1d9735601f1097cdcfc6de |
|
29-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove probe response temporary buffer allocation
Instead of allocating a temporary buffer to build IEs
build them right into the SKB.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 5164892184d1b9ce19e45e97e9ca405ea8b9ceb2 |
|
22-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support (partial) VHT radiotap information
Add some information that we have about VHT to radiotap.
This at least lets one see the MCS and NSS information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 8bc83c24638b72421e783b96b5a05c1f4109a51d |
|
09-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support VHT rates in TX info
To achieve this, limit the number of retries to
31 (instead of 255) and use the three bits that
are then free for VHT flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 5614618ec498320e3b686fea246e50b833865c34 |
|
09-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support drivers reporting VHT RX
Add support to mac80211 for having drivers report
received VHT MCS information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 4bf88530be971bf95a7830ca61b4120980bf4347 |
|
09-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: convert to channel definition struct
Convert mac80211 (and where necessary, some drivers a
little bit) to the new channel definition struct.
This will allow extending mac80211 for VHT, which is
currently restricted to channel contexts since there
are no drivers using that which makes it easier. As
I also don't care about VHT for drivers not using the
channel context API, I won't convert the previous API
to VHT support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 42d97a599eb6b2aab3a401b3e5799a399d6c7652 |
|
08-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove remain-on-channel channel type
As mwifiex (and mac80211 in the software case) are the
only drivers actually implementing remain-on-channel
with channel type, userspace can't be relying on it.
This is the case, as it's used only for P2P operations
right now.
Rather than adding a flag to tell userspace whether or
not it can actually rely on it, simplify all the code
by removing the ability to use different channel types.
Leave only the validation of the attribute, so that if
we extend it again later (with the needed capability
flag), it can't break userspace sending invalid data.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 77d2ece6fde80631193054edc9c9a3edad519565 |
|
20-Nov-2012 |
Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: Add debugfs callbacks for station addition/removal
Provide drivers with hooks to create debugfs files when
a new station is added. This would help drivers to take
advantage of mac80211's station list infrastructure and not maintain
tedious station management code internally.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
[ifdef inline wrapper functions]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 49884568628db47a1f8c1f596c6ab3b8db81b73c |
|
19-Nov-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: make remain_on_channel() op pass vif param
Drivers (e.g. wl12xx) might need to know the vif
to roc on (mainly in order to configure the
rx filters correctly).
Add the vif to the op params, and update the current
users (iwlwifi) to use the new api.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
[fix hwsim]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 90b9e446fbb64630c72cab48c007d7081aec2533 |
|
16-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support radiotap vendor namespace RX data
In some cases, in particular for experimentation, it
can be useful to be able to add vendor namespace data
to received frames in addition to the normal radiotap
data.
Allow doing this through mac80211 by adding fields to
the RX status descriptor that describe the data while
the data itself is prepended to the frame.
Also add some example code to hwsim, but don't enable
it because it doesn't use a proper OUI identifier.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| f4bda337bbb6e245e2a07f344990adeb6a70ff35 |
|
13-Nov-2012 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: support RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END
Allow drivers to indicate their mactime is at RX completion and adjust
for this in mac80211. Also rename the existing RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU to
RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START to clarify its intent. Based on similar code by
Johannes Berg.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
[fix docs, atheros drivers]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 8b2c98243e8d00f9c6b6059976d6de51491ee0c7 |
|
06-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clarify interface iteration and make it configurable
During hardware restart, all interfaces are iterated even
though they haven't been re-added to the driver, document
this behaviour. The same also happens during resume, which
is even more confusing since all of the interfaces were
previously removed from the driver. Make this optional so
drivers relying on the current behaviour can still use it,
but to let drivers that don't want this behaviour disable
it.
Also convert all API users, keeping the old semantics
except in hwsim, where the new normal ones are desired.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 9214ad7f9a0bfbfb2c204305e7391ce8b7fe4d29 |
|
06-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: call driver method when restart completes
When the driver requests a restart (reconfiguration) it
gets all the normal method calls, but can't really tell
why they're happening. Call a new restart_complete op
in the driver when the restart completes, so it could
keep its own state about the restart and clear it there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 488dd7b53de9ea41edf7a475be63da51bdd05093 |
|
29-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: pass P2P powersave parameters to driver
While connected to a GO, parse the P2P NoA attribute
and pass the CT Window and opportunistic powersave
parameters to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 1ea6f9c0d48b11b6ec3ec4b5579ec74fc3951cf8 |
|
24-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle TX power per virtual interface
Even before channel contexts/multi-channel, having a
single global TX power limit was already problematic,
in particular if two managed interfaces connected to
two APs with different power constraints. The channel
context introduction completely broke this though and
in fact I had disabled TX power configuration there
for drivers using channel contexts.
Change everything to track TX power per interface so
that different user settings and different channel
maxima are treated correctly. Also continue tracking
the global TX power though for compatibility with
applications that attempt to configure the wiphy's
TX power globally.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 1041638f2bba0f1de75e66086d50fb1251d64dcf |
|
19-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add explicit AP/GO driver operations
Depending on the driver, a lot of setup may be
necessary to start operating as an AP, some of
which may fail. Add an explicit AP start driver
method to make such failures easier to handle,
and add an AP stop driver method for symmetry.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 5d0d04e477c44993f995f35b728ce9dd57a4615e |
|
01-Aug-2012 |
Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com> |
mac80211: expose AES-CMAC subkey calculation
Expose a function for the AES-CMAC subkey calculation
to drivers. This is the first step of the AES-CMAC
cipher key setup and may be required for CMAC hardware
offloading.
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| c13a765bd96f4e2f52d218ee6e5c0715380eeeb8 |
|
12-Oct-2012 |
Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qti.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: Notify new IBSS network creation
Initialization of beacon transmission in IBSS mode depends
on whether a new BSS is being created or joined. When joining
an existing IBSS network, beaconing has to start only after
a TSF-sync has happened - this is explained in 11.1.4.
Introduce a new parameter in the BSS information structure to
indicate creator/joiner mode.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 818255ea47709065c53c86ca47fce96d8580bee1 |
|
10-Oct-2012 |
Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com> |
mac80211: VHT peer STA caps
Save the AP's VHT capabilities (in managed
mode) and make them available to the driver
in the station information.
Unlike HT capabilities, they aren't restricted
to the common capabilities, so drivers must be
aware of their own capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
[fix endian conversion bug ...]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 3448c0058327356049f140116fc6632bbfd0c122 |
|
11-Sep-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add channel context iterator
Drivers may need to iterate the active channel
contexts, export an iterator function to allow
that. To make it possible, use RCU-safe list
functions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 04ecd2578e712c301fa1369d2a8f298a2b4b146a |
|
11-Sep-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: track needed RX chains for channel contexts
On each channel that the device is operating on, it
may need to listen using one or more chains depending
on the SMPS settings of the interfaces using it. The
previous channel context changes completely removed
this ability (before, it was available as the SMPS
mode).
Add per-context tracking of the required static and
dynamic RX chains and notify the driver on changes.
To achieve this, track the chains and SMPS mode used
on each virtual interface and update the channel
context whenever this changes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| c3645eac479d9aaac9f8099c94bf681dc695dd34 |
|
26-Jun-2012 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: introduce new ieee80211_ops
Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel
on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type
and other properties can change.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| d01a1e658606a0a69100f49c2ef09aacaf74d3e7 |
|
26-Jun-2012 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: introduce channel context skeleton code
Channel context are the foundation for multi-channel
operation. They are are immutable and are re-created
(or re-used if other interfaces are bound to a certain
channel and a compatible channel type) on channel
switching.
This is an initial implementation and more features
will come in separate patches.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
[some changes including RCU protection]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| e548c49e6dc6b08b59042930a2e90c69c13c9293 |
|
04-Sep-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add key flag for management keys
Mark keys that might be used to receive management
frames so drivers can fall back on software crypto
for them if they don't support hardware offload.
As the new flag is only set correctly for RX keys
and the existing IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT flag
can only affect TX, also rename the latter to
IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 6d71117a279aa30574a8af6c7348570c292285c2 |
|
19-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF
Some devices like the current iwlwifi implementation
require that the P2P interface address match the P2P
Device address (only one P2P interface is supported.)
Add the HW flag IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF
that allows drivers to request that P2P Interfaces
added while a P2P Device is active get the same MAC
address by default.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 4c29867790131c281ef96af507d85e3e5f829408 |
|
05-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support A-MPDU status reporting
Support getting A-MPDU status information from the
drivers and reporting it to userspace via radiotap
in the standard fields.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| e687f61eedab8895e5669cb82cebe0253631cd8c |
|
12-Aug-2012 |
Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org> |
mac80211: add supported rates change notification in IBSS
In IBSS it is possible that the supported rates set for a station changes over
time (e.g. it gets first initialised as an empty set because of no available
information about rates and updated later). In this case the driver has to be
notified about the change in order to update its internal table accordingly (if
needed).
This behaviour is needed by all those drivers that handle rc internally but
leave stations management to mac80211
Reported-by: Gui Iribarren <gui@altermundi.net>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
[Johannes - add docs, validate IBSS mode only, fix compilation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 36323f817af0376c78612cfdab714b0feb05fea5 |
|
23-Jul-2012 |
Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de> |
mac80211: move TX station pointer and restructure TX
Remove the control.sta pointer from ieee80211_tx_info to free up
sufficient space in the TX skb control buffer for the upcoming
Transmit Power Control (TPC).
Instead, the pointer is now on the stack in a new control struct
that is passed as a function parameter to the drivers' tx method.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[reworded commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| ab09587740fddf6b4116be7b6716ab47f34d2634 |
|
26-Jul-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add PS flag to bss_conf
Currently, ps mode is indicated per device (rather than
per interface), which doesn't make a lot of sense.
Moreover, there are subtle bugs caused by the inability
to indicate ps change along with other changes
(e.g. when the AP deauth us, we'd like to indicate
CHANGED_PS | CHANGED_ASSOC, as changing PS before
notifying about disassociation will result in null-packets
being sent (if IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS) while
the sta is already disconnected.)
Keep the current per-device notifications, and add
parallel per-vif notifications.
In order to keep it simple, the per-device ps and
the per-vif ps are orthogonal - the per-vif ps
configuration is determined only by the user
configuration (enable/disable) and the connection
state, and is not affected by other vifs state and
(temporary) dynamic_ps/offchannel operations
(unlike per-device ps).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 8c358bcd097fa1f63e57fb82525ba52f4a537bfa |
|
22-May-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add time synchronisation with BSS for assoc
Some drivers (iwlegacy, iwlwifi and rt2x00) today use the
bss_conf.last_tsf value. By itself though that value is
completely worthless since it may be ancient. What really
is needed is synchronisation between some device time and
the TSF.
To clarify this, rename bss_conf.last_tsf to sync_tsf and
add sync_device_ts which is obtained from rx_status which
gets a new field device_timestamp for this purpose. This
is intentionally not using the mactime field since that
is used for other things and in IBSS is expected to sync
with the IBSS's TSF which isn't necessarily true for the
device timestamp.
Also, since we have the information and it's useful even
before the connection has been established, give all the
timing details to the driver before authenticating.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 30f422925c39edf61cbcf6d35140d726402d4b04 |
|
05-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: optimize ieee80211_rx_status struct layout
We waste a lot of space in this struct because it uses
int values where smaller ones would be sufficient. The
upcoming A-MPDU information needs some space, optimize
the struct now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| f72b85b8eb6657fae95ac8f5cb20954b4d87a520 |
|
06-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_key_removed
This API call was intended to be used by drivers
if they want to optimize key handling by removing
one key when another is added. Remove it since no
driver is using it. If needed, it can always be
added back.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| a1845fc7c552977e23fe552ad3f5c6c279e3d550 |
|
27-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add TX prepare API
Some drivers require setup before being able to send
management frames in managed mode, in particular in
multi-channel cases.
Introduce API to allow the drivers to do such setup
while being able to sleep waiting for the setup to
finish in the device. This isn't possible inside the
TX call since that can't sleep.
A future patch may also restructure the TX retry to
wait for the driver to report the frame status, as
suggested by Arik in
http://mid.gmane.org/CA+XVXffKSEL6ZQPQ98x-zO-NL2=TNF1uN==mprRyUmAaRn254g@mail.gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| e3e1a0bcb3f192fe2f95f86a74bd4e7967341e74 |
|
02-Jul-2012 |
Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de> |
mac80211: reduce IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES
IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES can be reduced from 5 to 4 as there
is no current hardware supporting a rate chain with 5 multi
rate stages (mrr), so 4 mrr stages are sufficient.
The memory that is freed within the ieee80211_tx_info struct
will be used in the upcoming Transmission Power Control (TPC)
implementation.
Suggested-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| cb831b537d50d21f6afb5dffbde4cf6523627461 |
|
02-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove tx_frags driver callback
The implementation of tx_frags is buggy due to
not handling queue stop, and there's no driver
implementing it so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| fc8a7321d3d68af759a369a9ad3e2426688742d3 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't expose ieee80211_add_srates_ie()
This and ieee80211_add_ext_srates_ie() aren't
exported, so can't be used by drivers anyway,
but there's also no reason that they should be
so make them private to mac80211 and use sdata
instead of vif arguments.
Acked-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| bdcbd8e0e3ffdad32b14b6373e67bfcf5fd3f002 |
|
22-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up debugging
There are a few things that make the logging and
debugging in mac80211 less useful than it should
be right now:
* a lot of messages should be pr_info, not pr_debug
* wholesale use of pr_debug makes it require *both*
Kconfig and dynamic configuration
* there are still a lot of ifdefs
* the style is very inconsistent, sometimes the
sdata->name is printed in front
Clean up everything, introducing new macros and
separating out the station MLME debugging into
a new Kconfig symbol.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 66572cfc30a4b764150c83ee5d842a3ce17991c9 |
|
21-Jun-2012 |
Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com> |
mac80211: add command to get current rssi
Get current rssi (in dBm) from the driver/FW.
Instead of reporting the signal received in the last
rx packet, which might be inaccurate if rx traffic is
low and beacon filtering is enabled, get the signal
from the driver/FW.
Signed-off-by: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| d13e14148154e5ce58467e76321eef1dd912c416 |
|
09-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add some missing kernel-doc
Add a few kernel-doc descriptions that were missed
during development.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 2eb278e083549f4eb29838037004054b3b55df62 |
|
05-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: unify SW/offload remain-on-channel
Redesign all the off-channel code, getting rid of
the generic off-channel work concept, replacing
it with a simple remain-on-channel list.
This fixes a number of small issues with the ROC
implementation:
* offloaded remain-on-channel couldn't be queued,
now we can queue it as well, if needed
* in iwlwifi (the only user) offloaded ROC is
mutually exclusive with scanning, use the new
queue to handle that case -- I expect that it
will later depend on a HW flag
The bigger issue though is that there's a bad bug
in the current implementation: if we get a mgmt
TX request while HW roc is active, and this new
request has a wait time, we actually schedule a
software ROC instead since we can't guarantee the
existing offloaded ROC will still be that long.
To fix this, the queuing mechanism was needed.
The queuing mechanism for offloaded ROC isn't yet
optimal, ideally we should add API to have the HW
extend the ROC if needed. We could add that later
but for now use a software implementation.
Overall, this unifies the behaviour between the
offloaded and software-implemented case as much
as possible.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 196ac1c13d4db6c276dbb1c9190c8d7d45a83f1f |
|
05-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: do remain-on-channel while idle
The IDLE handling in HW off-channel is broken right
now since we turn off IDLE only when the off-channel
period already started. Therefore, all drivers that
use it today (only iwlwifi!) must support off-channel
while idle, so playing with idle isn't needed at all.
Off-channel in general, since it's no longer used for
authentication/association, shouldn't affect PS, so
also remove that logic.
Also document a small caveat for reporting TX status
from off-channel frames in HW remain-on-channel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 51ca9d8db280b960345e7306e6a036dd3880ecff |
|
16-May-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_get_operstate()
ieee80211_get_operstate() was used by drivers in order to
know whether the sta link is up, but it's no longer needed
(nor used) as mac80211 notifies the drivers about
authorization changes (via the sta_state callback)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 499f42bb03a9bd8a23f73e7c3886f70f52e7edc5 |
|
15-May-2012 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
net: mac80211: Add and use ibss_vdbg debugging macro
Simplify the use of #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_IBSS_DEBUG/#endif
by adding a logging macro to encapsulate the test.
Convert the appropriate uses too.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d63e9ae3b12fd0c6a3795c9b08de6b476f80b8c3 |
|
15-May-2012 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
net: mac80211: Add and use ht_vdbg debugging macro
Simplify the use of #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_HT_DEBUG/#endif
by adding a logging macro to encapsulate the test.
Convert the appropriate uses too.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 72d7872852e1734e94686012a2e9deade3457329 |
|
10-May-2012 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: allow low-level drivers to set netdev feature bits
Low level drivers can now set certain netdev feature bits in
netdev_features member of the ieee80211_hw struct. These will be
propagated to every netdev created from this HW.
The white-listed features currently include only ones related to HW
checksumming.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ac55d2fe0576d272c4a98ed9dfb87b1cca29486e |
|
10-May-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: (selectively) add HT details in radiotap
Add a flag for the HT format (mixed vs. greenfield)
to allow drivers to report that on receive. Not all
drivers will do that though, so allow drivers to set
which radiotap MCS details they report.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ee70108fa2a7688dc67bfedaeb0c8c46a221effb |
|
09-May-2012 |
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.com <Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.com> |
mac80211: Add IV-room in the skb for TKIP and WEP
Add IV-room in skb also for TKIP and WEP.
Extend patch: "mac80211: support adding IV-room in the skb for CCMP keys"
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e352114fd62f6d568ca0cb18f589cb8df710cf02 |
|
23-Apr-2012 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Framework to get wifi-driver stats via ethtool.
This adds hooks to call into the driver to get additional
stats for the ethtool API.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0d8a0a17288e419c2e5e9ce18c8b66b390eb7e23 |
|
20-Apr-2012 |
Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> |
mac80211: declare ieee80211_ave_rssi as EXPORT
ieee80211_ave_rssi need to be declare as export for driver to use it.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1dae27f84baa37b76014b348985089d22d90cccc |
|
13-Apr-2012 |
Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> |
mac80211: add function retrieve average rssi
Add utility function to provide the average rssi per vif
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4ee73f338a528f44fd90496adfbfd9c119401850 |
|
11-Apr-2012 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: remove hw.conf.channel usage where possible
Removes hw.conf.channel usage from the following functions:
* ieee80211_mandatory_rates
* ieee80211_sta_get_rates
* ieee80211_frame_duration
* ieee80211_rts_duration
* ieee80211_ctstoself_duration
This is in preparation for multi-channel operation.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6d52563f2bc217cbdccb97068f5b6176352f01f2 |
|
04-Apr-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: enable proper device_set_wakeup_enable handling
In WoWLAN, we only get the triggers when we actually get
to suspend. As a consequence, drivers currently don't
know that the device should enable wakeup. However, the
device_set_wakeup_enable() API is intended to be called
when the wakeup is enabled, not later when needed.
Add a new set_wakeup() call to cfg80211 and mac80211 to
allow drivers to properly call device_set_wakeup_enable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3a25a8c8b75b430c4f4022918e26fa51d557ecde |
|
03-Apr-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add improved HW queue control
mac80211 currently only supports one hardware queue
per AC. This is already problematic for off-channel
uses since if we go off channel while the BE queue
is full and then try to send an off-channel frame
the frame will never go out. This will become worse
when we support multi-channel since then a queue on
one channel might be full, but we have to stop the
software queue for all channels. That is obviously
not desirable.
To address this problem allow drivers to register
more hardware queues, and allow them to map them to
virtual interfaces. When they stop a hardware queue
the corresponding AC software queues on the correct
interfaces will be stopped as well. Additionally,
there's an off-channel queue to solve that problem
and a per-interface after-DTIM beacon queue. This
allows drivers to manage software queues closer to
how the hardware works.
Currently, there's a limit of 16 hardware queues.
This may or may not be sufficient, we can adjust it
as needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4b6f1dd6a6faf4ed8d209bbd548e78b15e55aee8 |
|
03-Apr-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add explicit monitor interface if needed
The queue mapping redesign that I'm planning to do
will break pure injection unless we handle monitor
interfaces explicitly. One possible option would
be to have the driver tell mac80211 about monitor
mode queues etc., but that would duplicate the API
since we already need to have queue assignments
handled per virtual interface.
So in order to solve this, have a virtual monitor
interface that is added whenever all active vifs
are monitors. We could also use the state of one
of the monitor interfaces, but managing that would
be complicated, so allocate separate state.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 657c3e0c4147bb3d3fdd338e32b83b968b0f9d02 |
|
03-Apr-2012 |
Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Indicate basic rates when adding rate IEs
Basic rates are added with supported rates IE and extended supported
rates IE.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a3304b0a17495183a2270d4a25978795226597a4 |
|
28-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/nl80211: clarify TX queue API
With the plan to change mac80211's queue API to
not map ACs to queues 1:1, it seems necessary to
clarify some APIs that act on ACs rather than on
queues to spell that out explicitly. Do this.
Also verify that the AC number given is valid.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d748b4642a53cd1ead303f9e2b008295391466b7 |
|
28-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove antenna_sel_tx TX info field
This field is never set to anything non-zero in
mac80211, so we should be able to remove it.
Unfortunately though, the iwlwifi and iwlegacy
drivers use it for their internal TX status
processing (which shouldn't be using the rate
control API to start with), so add a new field
"status.antenna" for them, at least for now.
In the future, I plan to use the new field to
hold the hardware queue, while the SKB's queue
mapping holds the AC.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8f727ef3c4859f2c397a7609beb845dcd66729f5 |
|
30-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: notify driver of rate control updates
Devices that have internal rate control need to be
notified when the bandwidth or SMPS state changes
just like external rate control algorithms get a
notification now.
Add this notification and clarify the change bits
while at it, the HT_CHANGED bit really meant only
bandwidth changed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 64f68e5d15bee47e0d6d0c57a1cf52cedd9b3527 |
|
28-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove channel type argument from rate_update
The channel type argument to the rate_update()
callback isn't really the correct way to give
the rate control algorithm about the desired
RX bandwidth of the peer.
Remove this argument, and instead update the
STA capabilities with 20/40 appropriately. The
SMPS update done by this callback works in the
same way, so this makes the callback cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 074d46d1d23f27488a3f314e29cae2453541f17d |
|
15-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wireless: rename ht_info to ht_operation
Since some of the HT code pre-dates 802.11n-2009
some names are wrong. The one that bothers me most
is that "HT operation" is called "HT information"
in our code and that causes confusion.
Rename "HT information" to "HT operation" and also
the control_chan field to primary_chan to match
the name used in the spec.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| aa331df0e5e6ebac086ed80b4fbbfd912fe6b32a |
|
06-Apr-2012 |
Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> |
mac80211: Convert WARN_ON to WARN_ON_ONCE
When the control-rate tables are not set up correctly, it makes
little sense to spam the logs, thus change the WARN_ON to WARN_ON_ONCE.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 313162d0b83836e2f57e51b9b8650fb4b9c396ea |
|
30-Jan-2012 |
Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com> |
device.h: audit and cleanup users in main include dir
The <linux/device.h> header includes a lot of stuff, and
it in turn gets a lot of use just for the basic "struct device"
which appears so often.
Clean up the users as follows:
1) For those headers only needing "struct device" as a pointer
in fcn args, replace the include with exactly that.
2) For headers not really using anything from device.h, simply
delete the include altogether.
3) For headers relying on getting device.h implicitly before
being included themselves, now explicitly include device.h
4) For files in which doing #1 or #2 uncovers an implicit
dependency on some other header, fix by explicitly adding
the required header(s).
Any C files that were implicitly relying on device.h to be
present have already been dealt with in advance.
Total removals from #1 and #2: 51. Total additions coming
from #3: 9. Total other implicit dependencies from #4: 7.
As of 3.3-rc1, there were 110, so a net removal of 42 gives
about a 38% reduction in device.h presence in include/*
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
|
| e9ac0745c734d39cb55ce45f1fb03a85c972b35a |
|
13-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: rename bss_conf timestamp to last_tsf
This value is not really very useful by itself,
yet some drivers (including iwlwifi until I can
figure out what it should do) use it. At least
rename it to "last_tsf" to indicate the meaning
and add a note that it may be really old.
I suspect the value may become useful combined
with the rx_status->mactime, but we don't (yet)
store that value and pass it to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 177958e9679c23537411066cc41b205635dacb14 |
|
09-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove tx_sync
When the station state callback was added, this
was no longer needed in theory. With the iwlwifi
changes to remove use of it landing, we can kill
the entire tx-sync framework again, RIP.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f44d4eb54432a0109ff15b2669c91f061428ff39 |
|
07-Mar-2012 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: update ieee80211_tx_rate_control kerneldoc
* add entry for rate_idx_mcs_mask
* fix order of entries to represent the structs' order
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| fe8431f89e25de722610ee5beb2892bd019d1fed |
|
01-Mar-2012 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add an rx flag for ignoring a packet's signal strength
For A-MPDU rx it makes sense to only process the signal strength once per
aggregate instead of once per subframe. Additonally, some hardware (e.g.
Atheros) only provides valid signal strength information for the last
subframe.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 187f1882b5b0748b3c4c22274663fdb372ac0452 |
|
24-Nov-2011 |
Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com> |
BUG: headers with BUG/BUG_ON etc. need linux/bug.h
If a header file is making use of BUG, BUG_ON, BUILD_BUG_ON, or any
other BUG variant in a static inline (i.e. not in a #define) then
that header really should be including <linux/bug.h> and not just
expecting it to be implicitly present.
We can make this change risk-free, since if the files using these
headers didn't have exposure to linux/bug.h already, they would have
been causing compile failures/warnings.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
|
| 02f2f1a951f87644166926862ec32fb13511e2f3 |
|
27-Feb-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle non-bufferable MMPDUs correctly
This renames the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE
TX flag to IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER and also
uses it for non-bufferable MMPDUs (all MMPDUs but
deauth, disassoc and action frames.)
Previously, mac80211 would let the MMPDU through
but not set the flag so drivers supporting some
hardware aids for avoiding the PS races would
then reject the frame.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 885bd8eca6ac172e299750d99bd5c9fddbed89b9 |
|
02-Feb-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: support hw scan while idle
Currently, mac80211 goes to idle-off before starting a scan.
However, some devices that implement hw scan might not
need going idle-off in order to perform a hw scan, and
thus saving some energy and simplifying their state machine.
(Note that this is also the case for sched scan - it
currently doesn't make mac80211 go idle-off)
Add a new flag to indicate support for hw scan while idle.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f09603a259ffef69ad4516a04eb06cd65ac522fe |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add sta_state callback
(based on Eliad's patch)
Add a callback to notify the low-level driver whenever
the state of a station changes. The driver is only
notified when the station is actually in the mac80211
hash table, not for pre-insert state transitions.
To allow the driver to replace sta_add/remove calls
with this, call extra transitions with the NOTEXIST
state.
This callback can fail, so we need to be careful in
handling it when a station is inserted, particularly
in the IBSS case where we still keep the station entry
around for mac80211 purposes.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 19468413e8d98d44be8daf0acaf8d576dfc53fa2 |
|
28-Jan-2012 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: add support for mcs masks
* Handle MCS masks set by the user.
* Match rates provided by the rate control algorithm to the mask set,
also in HT mode, and switch back to legacy mode if necessary.
* add debugfs files to observate the rate selection
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ea086359a63bd0dd85c1d784d0425340649613fa |
|
19-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: make CQM RSSI support per virtual interface
Similar to the previous beacon filtering patch,
make CQM RSSI support depend on the flags that
the driver set for virtual interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c1288b1278d00169e12495eb53ad128e09560b69 |
|
19-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: make beacon filtering per virtual interface
Due to firmware limitations, we may not be able to
support beacon filtering on all virtual interfaces.
To allow this in mac80211, introduce per-interface
driver capability flags that the driver sets when
an interface is added.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1d8d3dec5fbba15864f25c734a7fda5703234091 |
|
16-Dec-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle SMPS action frames
When a peer changes SMPS state we should update
rate control so it doesn't have to detect it by
itself. It can't detect "dynamic" mode anyway
since that just requires rts-cts handshaking.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 42b2aa86c6670347a2a07e6d7af0e0ecc8fdbff9 |
|
29-Nov-2011 |
Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com> |
treewide: Fix typos in various parts of the kernel, and fix some comments.
The below patch fixes some typos in various parts of the kernel, as well as fixes some comments.
Please let me know if I missed anything, and I will try to get it changed and resent.
Signed-off-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
|
| 11127e9121d4dd9da868cf0fd89dcac35f7f0fa3 |
|
16-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: transmit fragment list to drivers
Drivers can usually handle fragmented packets
much easier when they get the entire list of
fragments at once. The only thing they need to
do is keep enough space on the queues for up
to ten fragments of a single MSDU.
This allows them to implement this with a new
operation tx_frags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 029458212604570eec4789049a8a74428484dbb4 |
|
10-Nov-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: Save probe response data for bss
Allow setting a probe response template for an interface operating in
AP mode. Low level drivers are notified about changes in the probe
response template and are able to retrieve a copy of the current probe
response. This data can, for example, be uploaded to hardware as a
template.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a729cff8ad5120d0d5172ec28a3843d1cb458f79 |
|
06-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: implement wifi TX status
Implement the socket wifi TX status error
queue reflection in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6096de7fd4eeda305e114e7d74e6f47404590425 |
|
04-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add helper to free TX skb
Drivers that need to drop a frame before it
can be transmitted will usually simply free
that frame. This is currently fine, but in
the future it'll be needed to tell mac80211
about this case, so add a new routine that
frees a TX skb.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 077a9154898b374f20555adc3f620cccd02581d6 |
|
23-Oct-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: support adding IV-room in the skb for CCMP keys
Some cards can generate CCMP IVs in HW, but require the space for the IV
to be pre-allocated in the frame at the correct offset. Add a key flag
that allows us to achieve this.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 54d5026e7c173edae8a27c293c286f1783d21ae8 |
|
04-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: warn only once about not finding a rate
The warning really shouldn't happen, but until we
find the reason why it does don't spew it all the
time, just once is enough to know we've hit it.
Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7f2a5e214d3f8daf1e9a5ad021c74528f970e673 |
|
11-Oct-2011 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Populate radiotap header with MCS info for TX frames
mac80211 already filled in the MCS rate info for rx'ed frames but tx'ed
frames that are sent to a monitor interface during the status callback
lack this information.
Add the radiotap fields for MCS info to ieee80211_tx_status_rtap_hdr
and populate them when sending tx'ed frames to the monitors.
The needed headroom is only extended by one byte since we don't include
legacy rate information in the rtap header for HT frames.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 73b9f03a813d66484105c4ed648a1aa66fa267aa |
|
07-Oct-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: parse radiotap header earlier
We can now move the radiotap header parsing into
ieee80211_monitor_start_xmit(). This moves it out of
the hotpath, and also helps the code since now the
radiotap header will no longer be present in
ieee80211_xmit() etc. which is easier to understand.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a26eb27ab430147a82e4a9f2f1ebfadf03d99550 |
|
07-Oct-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move fragment flag to info flag as dont-fragment
The purpose of this is two-fold:
1) by moving it out of tx_data.flags, we can in
another patch move the radiotap parsing so it
no longer is in the hotpath
2) if a device implements fragmentation but can
optionally skip it, the radiotap request for
not doing fragmentation may be honoured
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8a3a3c85e44d58f5af0adac74a0b866ba89a1978 |
|
02-Oct-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: pass vif param to conf_tx() callback
tx params should be configured per interface.
add ieee80211_vif param to the conf_tx callback,
and change all the drivers that use this callback.
The following spatch was used:
@rule1@
struct ieee80211_ops ops;
identifier conf_tx_op;
@@
ops.conf_tx = conf_tx_op;
@rule2@
identifier rule1.conf_tx_op;
identifier hw, queue, params;
@@
conf_tx_op (
- struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+ struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
u16 queue,
const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params) {...}
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b6f35301efda5e94342cfcca9e29b7b3e9a5f827 |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: Send nullfunc frames at lower rate during connection monitor
Recently mac80211 was changed to use nullfunc instead of probe
request for connection monitoring for tx ack status reporting
hardwares. Sometimes in congested network, STA got disconnected
quickly after the association. It was observered that the rate
control was not adopted to environment due to minimal transmission.
As the nullfunc are used for monitoring purpose, these frames should
not be sacrificed for rate control updation. So it is better to send
the monitoring null func frames at minimum rate that could help to
retain the connection.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4b801bc969364a980c1366e48155d1a29d20661b |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: document client powersave
With the addition of uAPSD and driver buffering
the powersave handling has gotten quite complex.
Add a section to the documentation to explain it
for anyone wanting to implement it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 37fbd9080088f5f98ab81a6f2ad456857971a089 |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow out-of-band EOSP notification
iwlwifi has a separate EOSP notification from
the device, and to make use of that properly
it needs to be passed to mac80211. To be able
to mix with tx_status_irqsafe and rx_irqsafe
it also needs to be an "_irqsafe" version in
the sense that it goes through the tasklet,
the actual flag clearing would be IRQ-safe
but doing it directly would cause reordering
issues.
This is needed in the case of a P2P GO going
into an absence period without transmitting
any frames that should be driver-released as
in this case there's no other way to inform
mac80211 that the service period ended. Note
that for drivers that don't use the _irqsafe
functions another version of this function
will be required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 40b96408831f038b1a6b45e8b22cd050f82a3896 |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: explicitly notify drivers of frame release
iwlwifi needs to know the number of frames that are
going to be sent to a station while it is asleep so
it can properly handle the uCode blocking of that
station.
Before uAPSD, we got by by telling the device that
a single frame was going to be released whenever we
encountered IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE. With
uAPSD, however, that is no longer possible since
there could be more than a single frame.
To support this model, add a new callback to notify
drivers when frames are going to be released.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| deeaee197b0fa694ba6c8f02cdb57b3be7115b4f |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: reply only once to each PS-poll
If a PS-poll frame is retried (but was received)
there is no way to detect that since it has no
sequence number. As a consequence, the standard
asks us to not react to PS-poll frames until the
response to one made it out (was ACKed or lost).
Implement this by using the WLAN_STA_SP flags to
also indicate a PS-Poll "service period" and the
IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag for the response
packet to indicate the end of the "SP" as usual.
We could use separate flags, but that will most
likely completely confuse drivers, and while the
standard doesn't exclude simultaneously polling
using uAPSD and PS-Poll, doing that seems quite
problematic.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 47086fc51aa2220f58049704a8b73e4fcdf372b9 |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: implement uAPSD
Add uAPSD support to mac80211. This is probably not
possible with all devices, so advertising it with
the cfg80211 flag will be left up to drivers that
want it.
Due to my previous patches it is now a fairly
straight-forward extension. Drivers need to have
accurate TX status reporting for the EOSP frame.
For drivers that buffer themselves, the provided
APIs allow releasing the right number of frames,
but then drivers need to set EOSP and more-data
themselves. This is documented in more detail in
the new code itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4049e09acdf4ffd270cb8fbf1cf5b39c3d02357c |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow releasing driver-buffered frames
If there are frames for a station buffered in
the driver, mac80211 announces those in the TIM
IE but there's no way to release them. Add new
API to release such frames and use it when the
station polls for a frame.
Since the API will soon also be used for uAPSD
it is easily extensible.
Note that before this change drivers announcing
driver-buffered frames in the TIM bit actually
will respond to a PS-Poll with a potentially
lower priority frame (if there are any frames
buffered in mac80211), after this patch a driver
that hasn't been changed will no longer respond
at all. This only affects ath9k, which will need
to be fixed to implement the new API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 948d887dec1042a7d78ae311908113e26502062f |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: split PS buffers into ACs
For uAPSD support we'll need to have per-AC PS
buffers. As this is a major undertaking, split
the buffers before really adding support for
uAPSD. This already makes some reference to the
uapsd_queues variable, but for now that will
never be non-zero.
Since book-keeping is complicated, also change
the logic for keeping a maximum of frames only
and allow 64 frames per AC (up from 128 for a
station).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 042ec4533720122e6cb93dd9f3b6a75fe2fcff16 |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: let drivers inform it about per TID buffered frames
For uAPSD implementation, it is necessary to know on
which ACs frames are buffered. mac80211 obviously
knows about the frames it has buffered itself, but
with aggregation many drivers buffer frames. Thus,
mac80211 needs to be informed about this.
For now, since we don't have APSD in any form, this
will unconditionally set the TIM bit for the station
but later with uAPSD only some ACs might cause the
TIM bit to be set.
ath9k is the only driver using this API and I only
modify it in the most basic way, it won't be able
to implement uAPSD with this yet. But it can't do
that anyway since there's no way to selectively
release frames to the peer yet.
Since drivers will buffer frames per TID, let them
inform mac80211 on a per TID basis, mac80211 will
then sort out the AC mapping itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 768db3438b4b48a33d073093bb364e624409cab7 |
|
28-Sep-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: standardize adding supported rates IEs
Relocate the mesh implementation of adding the (extended) supported
rates IE to util.c, anticipating its use by other parts of mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| aad14ceb45f5ff12da2ab5b37a596e6f81566515 |
|
25-Sep-2011 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: Send the management frame at requested rate
Whenever the scan request or tx_mgmt is requesting not to
use CCK rate for managemet frames through
NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE attribute, then mac80211 should
select appropriate least non-CCK rate. This could help to
send P2P probes and P2P action frames at non 11b rates
without diabling 11b rates globally.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 37a41b4affa33bb237d3692bf51f1b5ebcaf29d8 |
|
21-Sep-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_vif param to tsf functions
TSF can be kept per vif.
Add ieee80211_vif param to set/get/reset_tsf, and move
the debugfs entries to the per-vif directory.
Update all the drivers that implement these callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a7ce1c9446a7f7513211e4698d07357d20452909 |
|
18-Sep-2011 |
Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: fix indentation
Signed-off-by: Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 910868db3f114df32387a9c51a729b2645febe4d |
|
11-Sep-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
nl80211/cfg80211/mac80211: fix wme docs
Add/fix some missing docs.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7827493b886c307bc497a669305207f8a5b36eb2 |
|
04-Sep-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add ssid config to bss information in AP-mode
Set SSID information from nl80211 beacon parameters. Advertise changes
in SSID to low level drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8c771244fbab51661da7dbbabfa5dceffb3e3cce |
|
20-Aug-2011 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: make ieee80211_send_bar available for drivers
To properly maintain the peer's block ack window, the driver needs to be
able to control the new starting sequence number that is sent along with
the BlockAckReq frame.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| edf6b784c0e574696915e7b04fe42158f3112d0d |
|
30-Aug-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add flag to indicate HW only Tx-agg setup support
When this flag is set, Tx A-MPDU sessions will not be started by
mac80211. This flag is required for devices that support Tx A-MPDU setup
in hardware.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9533b4ac86e20656d95f25e536c81c994e5f57a6 |
|
23-Aug-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add uapsd_queues and max_sp params fields
Add uapsd_queues and max_sp fields to ieee80211_sta.
These fields might be needed by low-level drivers in
order to configure the AP.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b4ca6084a84d50c5b0986adff7fdf8244b84fe39 |
|
23-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove offchannel_tx API
For iwlwifi, I decided not to use this API since
it just increased the complexity for little gain.
Since nobody else intends to use it, let's kill
it again. If anybody later needs to have it, we
can always revive it then.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7c966a6de5be35737038cd71be7a3e36470aa52f |
|
13-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove linux/wireless.h inclusion
linux/wireless.h is for wireless extensions only, so
mac80211 shouldn't include it since it uses cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b2abb6e2bcb91ae384c5857dffd0bb97b76c7a68 |
|
19-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: sync driver before TX
In P2P client mode, the GO (AP) to connect to might
have periods of time where it is not available due
to powersave. To allow the driver to sync with it
and send frames to the GO only when it is available
add a new callback tx_sync (and the corresponding
finish_tx_sync). These callbacks can sleep unlike
the actual TX.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f850e00fcd7767d01101e2f0a6d464bee8e48b47 |
|
13-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: let key iteration get keys in install order
ieee80211_iter_keys() currently returns keys in
the backward order they were installed in, which
is a bit confusing. Add them to the tail of the
key list to make sure iterations go in the same
order that keys were originally installed in.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8bca5d815311f53ada13b62f5e590df40fef317e |
|
13-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow driver access to TKIP RX P1K
When the driver wants to pre-program the TKIP
RX phase 1 key, it needs to be able to obtain
it for the peer's TA. Add API to allow it to
generate it.
The generation uses a dummy on-stack context
since it doesn't know the RX queue.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 95acac61ba66c4abd40e038dae8c1ed2e176c7b1 |
|
12-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow driver to disconnect after resume
In WoWLAN, devices may use crypto keys for TX/RX
and could also implement GTK rekeying. If the
driver isn't able to retrieve replay counters and
similar information from the device upon resume,
or if the device isn't responsive due to platform
issues, it isn't safe to keep the connection up
as GTK rekey messages from during the sleep time
could be replayed against it.
The only protection against that is disconnecting
from the AP. Modifying mac80211 to do that while
it is resuming would be very complex and invasive
in the case that the driver requires a reconfig,
so do it after it has resumed completely. In that
case, however, packets might be replayed since it
can then only happen after TX/RX are up again, so
mark keys for interfaces that need to disconnect
as "tainted" and drop all packets that are sent
or received with those keys.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 615f7b9bb1f8e0e3188470245cec44f175189084 |
|
08-Jul-2011 |
Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com> |
mac80211: add driver RSSI threshold events
mac80211 maintains a running average of the RSSI when a STA
is associated to an AP. Report threshold events to any driver
that has registered callbacks for getting RSSI measurements.
Implement callbacks in mac80211 so that driver can set thresholds.
Add callbacks in mac80211 which is invoked when an RSSI threshold
event occurs.
mac80211: add tracing to rssi_reports api and remove extraneous fn argument
mac80211: scale up rssi thresholds from driver by 16 before storing
Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 42d98795505314c7af42c7c6b988425300958ed3 |
|
07-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow driver to generate P1K for IV32
In order to support pre-populating the P1K cache in
iwlwifi hardware for WoWLAN, we need to calculate
the P1K for the current IV32. Allow drivers to get
the P1K for any given IV32 instead of for a given
packet, but keep the packet-based version around as
an inline.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3ea542d3c2862142ae511fac5ce2dfc7419dcc53 |
|
07-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to access key sequence counter
In order to implement GTK rekeying, the device needs
to be able to encrypt frames with the right PN/IV and
check the PN/IV in RX frames. To be able to tell it
about all those counters, we need to be able to get
them from mac80211, this adds the required API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 523b02ea23b175dd3e46e3daf1bc9354376640a3 |
|
07-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix TKIP races, make API easier to use
Our current TKIP code races against itself on TX
since we can process multiple packets at the same
time on different ACs, but they all share the TX
context for TKIP. This can lead to bad IVs etc.
Also, the crypto offload helper code just obtains
the P1K/P2K from the cache, and can update it as
well, but there's no guarantee that packets are
really processed in order.
To fix these issues, first introduce a spinlock
that will protect the IV16/IV32 values in the TX
context. This first step makes sure that we don't
assign the same IV multiple times or get confused
in other ways.
Secondly, change the way the P1K cache works. I
add a field "p1k_iv32" that stores the value of
the IV32 when the P1K was last recomputed, and
if different from the last time, then a new P1K
is recomputed. This can cause the P1K computation
to flip back and forth if packets are processed
out of order. All this also happens under the new
spinlock.
Finally, because there are argument differences,
split up the ieee80211_get_tkip_key() API into
ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k() and ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k()
and give them the correct arguments.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c68f4b892c241bdddeb6f1c1864ac26197229471 |
|
05-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support GTK rekey offload
This adds the necessary mac80211 APIs to support
GTK rekey offload, mirroring the functionality
from cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 830af02f24fbc087999b757b8eca51829c67fa6f |
|
05-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow driver to iterate keys
When in suspend/wowlan, devices might implement crypto
offload differently (more features), and might require
reprogramming keys for the WoWLAN (as it is the case
for Intel devices that use another uCode image). Thus
allow the driver to iterate all keys in this context.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2b4562dfd6ad3579951de21168cb9d266ed3f1bd |
|
02-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow driver to impose WoWLAN restrictions
If the driver can't support WoWLAN in the current
state, this patch allows it to return 1 from the
suspend callback to do the normal deconfiguration
instead of using suspend/resume calls. Note that
if it does this, resume won't be called.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 39df600aa6ac027b53c4ce3089cba57467a960df |
|
27-Jun-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: propagate information about STA WME support down
Add a memeber to the ieee80211_sta structure to indicate whether the STA
supports WME.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b856439b1b54358e580aaee5dbe683af5ada9403 |
|
12-Jun-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add cancel_hw_scan() callback
When suspending, __ieee80211_suspend() calls ieee80211_scan_cancel(),
which will only cancel sw scan. In order to cancel hw scan, the
low-level driver has to cancel it in the suspend() callback. however,
this is too late, as a new scan_work will be enqueued (while the driver
is going into suspend).
Add a new cancel_hw_scan() callback, asking the driver to cancel an
active hw scan, and call it in ieee80211_scan_cancel().
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1d34d108e07680e2c07847d5e69a334cb4f96ab3 |
|
05-Jun-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_get_operstate() function
Add ieee80211_get_operstate() function to get the operstate
of the netdevice.
This is needed for drivers that need to know when the interface
is IF_OPER_UP (e.g. wl12xx), and block notifiers can't be used
(e.g. because the interface is already IF_OPER_UP, like after
resuming from suspend)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f41ccd71d800c6fac18d2b4ae1830a222c6713da |
|
22-May-2011 |
Shahar Levi <shahar_levi@ti.com> |
mac80211: Stop BA session event from device
Some devices support BT/WLAN co-existence algorigthms.
In order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
requests not to allow any RX BA session and tear down existing RX BA sessions
based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs to limit
WLAN activity (eg.SCO or A2DP).
In such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the RX PPDU and
therefore prevent the peer device to use A-MPDU aggregation.
Adding ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session() callback
that can be used by the driver to stop existing BA sessions.
Signed-off-by: Shahar Levi <shahar_levi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 71063f0e8939b5b6ea5121faed47987e094ef018 |
|
20-May-2011 |
Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> |
nl80211: add testmode dump support
This adds dump support to testmode. The testmode
dump support in nl80211 requires using two of the
six cb->args, the rest can be used by the driver
to figure out where the dump position is at or to
store other data across invocations.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| daf8cf608d57a0b9f22276036e420cc82cf6ab4f |
|
23-May-2011 |
Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> |
wireless: fix fatal kernel-doc error + warning in mac80211.h
Fix new kernel-doc Error and Warning in <net/mac80211.h>:
Error(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:550): cannot understand prototype: 'struct ieee80211_sched_scan_ies '
Warning(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:2289): No description found for parameter 'sta'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| bdfbe804c2303cb4b178bb4b5c3e855892472033 |
|
23-May-2011 |
Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> |
wireless: fix fatal kernel-doc error + warning in mac80211.h
Fix new kernel-doc Error and Warning in <net/mac80211.h>:
Error(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:550): cannot understand prototype: 'struct ieee80211_sched_scan_ies '
Warning(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:2289): No description found for parameter 'sta'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
|
| 79f460ca49d8d5700756ab7071c951311c7f29cc |
|
11-May-2011 |
Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> |
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan
Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform
scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled
scans.
This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan
and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in
order to avoid duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| eecc48000afe2ca6da22122d553b7cad294e42fc |
|
04-May-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add basic support for WoWLAN
This adds basic support for the new WoWLAN
configuration in mac80211. The behaviour is
completely offloaded to the driver though,
with two new callbacks (suspend/resume).
Options for the driver include a complete
reconfiguration after wakeup, and exposing
all the triggers it wants to support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| bdbfd6b582f55384059d9ac5e65b3653092e6adf |
|
27-Apr-2011 |
Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Add new API for rate selection
This patch adds a new API for setting a TX rate mask in
drivers that have rate control in either the firmware or hardware.
This can be used for various purposes, for example, masking out the
11b rates in P2P operation.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8178d38b704f0a08a74b030c35e6eca5f5019d3d |
|
18-Apr-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: allow low level drivers to report packet loss
Add API that allows low level drivers to notify mac80211 about TX
packet loss. This is useful when there are FW triggers to notify the
low level driver about these events.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| dcf55fb5d43bd82e1e3bf94f065cfe8f75a4bc5a |
|
17-Apr-2011 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add a function for setting the TIM bit for a specific station
This allows a driver to buffer frames for a PS station and tell mac80211
to wake it up even though mac80211 does not have any buffered frames for
it.
This is necessary for properly handling aggregation related buffering,
in ath9k, because the driver needs to keep its frames in order to keep
track of the Block-ACK window.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e8306f989483e4b97a8b37dd268de6c8c6f35e75 |
|
06-Apr-2011 |
Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Check for queued frames before entering power save.
In a highly noisy environment, the tx rate of the driver drops and
the application slows down since it has not yet received ACKs for
the frames already queued in the hardware. Since this ACK may take
more than 100ms, stopping the dev queues for entering PS at this
stage breaks applications, WMM test cases in my testing.
If there are frames already pending in the tx queue, postponing the
PS logic helps to avoid redundant queue stops. When power save is
enabled by default and in a noisy environment, this API certainly
helps in improving the average throughput.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5312c3f60ba49073081b2dc421f9f3c22dd43d99 |
|
01-Apr-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix comment regarding aggregation buf_size
The description for buf_size was misleading and
just said you couldn't TX larger aggregates, but
of course you can't TX aggregates in a way that
would exceed the window either, which is possible
even if the aggregates are shorter than that.
Expand the description, thanks to Emmanuel for
explaining this to me.
Cc: Emmanuel Grumbach <egrumbach@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 25985edcedea6396277003854657b5f3cb31a628 |
|
31-Mar-2011 |
Lucas De Marchi <lucas.demarchi@profusion.mobi> |
Fix common misspellings
Fixes generated by 'codespell' and manually reviewed.
Signed-off-by: Lucas De Marchi <lucas.demarchi@profusion.mobi>
|
| 858022aa6fad90ec86c567cbf54682a61dd39a01 |
|
18-Mar-2011 |
Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> |
wireless: fix 80211 kernel-doc warnings
Fix many of each of these warnings:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:519): No description found for parameter 'rxrate'
Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:1163): bad line:
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 38c091590f6ed78fcaf114c14ce133e5b3f717e6 |
|
07-Mar-2011 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: implement support for cfg80211_ops->{get,set}_ringparam
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5f16a43617d46cf255a66f4dc193a7f5b2540aaf |
|
25-Feb-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support direct offchannel TX offload
For devices supported by iwlwifi sometimes
off-channel transmissions need to be handled
by the device completely. To support this
mac80211 needs to pass the frame directly
to the driver and not through the TX path
as the driver needs the frame and channel
information at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7bb4568372856688bc070917265bce0b88bb7d4d |
|
24-Feb-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: make tx() operation return void
The return value of the tx operation is commonly
misused by drivers, leading to errors. All drivers
will drop frames if they fail to TX the frame, and
they must also properly manage the queues (if they
didn't, mac80211 would already warn).
Removing the ability for drivers to return a BUSY
value also allows significant cleanups of the TX
TX handling code in mac80211.
Note that this also fixes a bug in ath9k_htc, the
old "return -1" there was wrong.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sedat Dilek <sedat.dilek@googlemail.com> [ath5k]
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com> [rt2x00]
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> [b43, rtl8187, rtlwifi]
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> [wl12xx]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6ebacbb79d2d05978ba50a24d8cbe2a76ff2014c |
|
23-Feb-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: rename RX_FLAG_TSFT
The flag isn't very descriptive -- the intention
is that the driver provides a TSF timestamp at
the beginning of the MPDU -- make that clearer
by renaming the flag to RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 681d119047761cc59a15c0bb86891f3a878997cf |
|
03-Feb-2011 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Add testing functionality for TKIP
TKIP countermeasures depend on devices being able to detect Michael
MIC failures on received frames and for stations to report errors to
the AP. In order to test that behavior, it is useful to be able to
send out TKIP frames with incorrect Michael MIC. This testing behavior
has minimal effect on the TX path, so it can be added to mac80211 for
convenient use.
The interface for using this functionality is a file in mac80211
netdev debugfs (tkip_mic_test). Writing a MAC address to the file
makes mac80211 generate a dummy data frame that will be sent out using
invalid Michael MIC value. In AP mode, the address needs to be for one
of the associated stations or ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff to use a broadcast
frame. In station mode, the address can be anything, e.g., the current
BSSID. It should be noted that this functionality works correctly only
when associated and using TKIP.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d057e5a381cbaec5632117bf62ba49438ab16214 |
|
31-Jan-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add HW flag for disabling auto link-PS in AP mode
When operating in AP mode the wl1271 hardware filters out null-data
packets as well as management packets. This makes it impossible for
mac80211 to monitor the PS mode by using the PM bit of incoming frames.
Implement a HW flag to indicate that mac80211 should ignore the PM bit.
In addition, expose ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to make low-level
drivers capable of controlling PS-mode.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5dd36bc933e8be84f8369ac64505a2938f9ce036 |
|
18-Jan-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow advertising correct maximum aggregate size
Currently, mac80211 always advertises that it may send
up to 64 subframes in an aggregate. This is fine, since
it's the max, but might as well be set to zero instead
since it doesn't have any information.
However, drivers might have that information, so allow
them to set a variable giving it, which will then be
used. The default of zero will be fine since to the
peer that means we don't know and it will just use its
own limit for the buffer size.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0b01f030d38e00650e2db42da083d8647aad40a5 |
|
18-Jan-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: track receiver's aggregation reorder buffer size
The aggregation code currently doesn't implement the
buffer size negotiation. It will always request a max
buffer size (which is fine, if a little pointless, as
the mac80211 code doesn't know and might just use 0
instead), but if the peer requests a smaller size it
isn't possible to honour this request.
In order to fix this, look at the buffer size in the
addBA response frame, keep track of it and pass it to
the driver in the ampdu_action callback when called
with the IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL action. That
way the driver can limit the number of subframes in
aggregates appropriately.
Note that this doesn't fix any drivers apart from the
addition of the new argument -- they all need to be
updated separately to use this variable!
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| df6ba5d80d6c9b51471d5fa046c3c06988e5f62a |
|
12-Jan-2011 |
Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> |
mac80211: add hw configuration for max ampdu buffer size
Some devices don't support the maximum AMDPU buffer size of 64, so we
need to add an option to configure this in the hardware configuration.
This value will be used in the ADDBA response instead of the value
suggested in the request, if the latter is greater than the max
supported.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Tested-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 610dbc980f7ad886313278ce946287f24b44cf55 |
|
06-Jan-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add missing docs for off-chan TX flag
The flag is IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN and I had
added that in a previous patch but forgotten docs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4976b4eb9d083f035aa97afec560c7e1c16c6afd |
|
04-Jan-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add remain-on-channel docs
Add documentation for the new callbacks that I
forgot in the patch adding the callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 21f83589644bb2ed98079bf1e2154c8e70ca6a6c |
|
18-Dec-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel
This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel
offload if they implement smarter timing or need
to use a device implementation like iwlwifi.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 67408c8c7b9daf28b50e33be3541334c07d15789 |
|
30-Nov-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: selective throughput LED trigger active
The throughput LED trigger was always active when
the radio was enabled. In most cases that's likely
the desired behaviour, but iwlwifi requires it to
be only active when one of the virtual interfaces
is actually "connected" in some way.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e1e5406854378dfada3f33c7192b012083a5b8e0 |
|
30-Nov-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add throughput based LED blink trigger
iwlwifi and other drivers like to blink their LED
based on throughput. Implement this generically in
mac80211, based on a throughput table the driver
specifies. That way, drivers can set the blink
frequencies depending on their desired behaviour
and max throughput.
All the drivers need to do is provide an LED class
device, best with blink hardware offload.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9f333281a7da4c3a59bccc0cb53f7590eb850d93 |
|
30-Nov-2010 |
Johannes Stezenbach <js@sig21.net> |
mac80211/rt2x00: add ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
All rt2x00 drivers except rt2800pci call ieee80211_tx_status() from
a workqueue, which causes "NOHZ: local_softirq_pending 08" messages.
To fix it, add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() similar to ieee80211_rx_ni()
which can be called from process context, and call it from
rt2x00lib_txdone(). For the rt2800pci special case a driver
flag is introduced.
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=24892
Signed-off-by: Johannes Stezenbach <js@sig21.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| bd2ce6e43f65127bc723e7fcc044758cf8113260 |
|
15-Dec-2010 |
Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Add timeout to BA session start API
Allow drivers or rate control algorithms to specify BlockAck session
timeout when initiating an ADDBA transaction. This is useful in cases
where maintaining persistent BA sessions does not incur any overhead.
The current timeout value of 5000 TUs is retained for all non ath9k/ath9k_htc
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 20ed3166c84d145589a89d8cde12aa32cf2d17f4 |
|
30-Nov-2010 |
Johannes Stezenbach <js@sig21.net> |
mac80211/rt2x00: add ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
All rt2x00 drivers except rt2800pci call ieee80211_tx_status() from
a workqueue, which causes "NOHZ: local_softirq_pending 08" messages.
To fix it, add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() similar to ieee80211_rx_ni()
which can be called from process context, and call it from
rt2x00lib_txdone(). For the rt2800pci special case a driver
flag is introduced.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Stezenbach <js@sig21.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 79b1c460a0b55e55981c25c56597c4d5d2872de3 |
|
24-Nov-2010 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
cfg80211: Add documentation for antenna ops
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| dd5b4cc71cd09c33e1579cc6d5720656e94e52de |
|
22-Nov-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
cfg80211/mac80211: improve ad-hoc multicast rate handling
- store the multicast rate as an index instead of the rate value
(reduces cpu overhead in a hotpath)
- validate the rate values (must match a bitrate in at least one sband)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4bce22b9b84032c77c7e038b07b24fcc706dfc10 |
|
16-Nov-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: defines for AC numbers
In many places we've just hardcoded the
AC numbers -- which is a relic from the
original mac80211 (d80211). Add constants
for them so we know what we're talking
about.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8f0729b16ae354f9db89394fc1d2d65003455d56 |
|
11-Nov-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add support for setting the ad-hoc multicast rate
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a619a4c0e1fd4e8c360c63d0df3fa0a401107d69 |
|
11-Nov-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Add function to get probe request template for current AP
Chipsets with hardware based connection monitoring need to autonomically
send directed probe-request frames to the AP (in the event of beacon loss,
for example.)
For the hardware to be able to do this, it requires a template for the frame
to transmit to the AP, filled in with the BSSID and SSID of the AP, but also
the supported rate IE's.
This patch adds a function to mac80211, which allows the hardware driver to
fetch this template after association, so it can be configured to the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 15d967532148a5fcda075282b82a271b6595a386 |
|
09-Nov-2010 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
mac80211: Add antenna configuration
Allow antenna configuration by calling driver's function for it.
We disallow antenna configuration if the wiphy is already running, mainly to
make life easier for 802.11n drivers which need to recalculate HT capabilites.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f23a478075659db8a4fd62fa6e264a8bb052cc5b |
|
08-Nov-2010 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: support hardware TX fragmentation offload
The lower driver is notified when the fragmentation threshold changes
and upon a reconfig of the interface.
If the driver supports hardware TX fragmentation, don't fragment
packets in the stack.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7be5086d4cb7cceb71d724a9524d5e927785d04f |
|
13-Oct-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add probe request filter flag
Using the frame registration notification, we
can see when probe requests are requested and
notify the low-level driver via filtering. The
flag is also set in AP and IBSS modes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e31b82136d1adc7a599b6e99d3321e5831841f5a |
|
05-Oct-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: allow per-station GTKs
This adds API to allow adding per-station GTKs,
updates mac80211 to support it, and also allows
drivers to remove a key from hwaccel again when
this may be necessary due to multiple GTKs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 78be49ec2a0df34de9441930fdced20311fd709f |
|
02-Oct-2010 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: distinct between max rates and the number of rates the hw can report
Some drivers cannot handle multiple retry rates specified by the rc
algorithm but instead use their own retry table (for example rt2800).
However, if such a device registers itself with a max_rates value of 1
the rc algorithm cannot make use of the extended information the device
can provide about retried rates. On the other hand, if a device
registers itself with a max_rates value > 1 the rc algorithm assumes
that the device can handle multi rate retries.
Fix this issue by introducing another hw parameter max_report_rates that
can be set to a different value then max_rates to indicate if a device
is capable of reporting more rates then specified in max_rates.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 554891e63a29af35cc6bb403ef34e319518114d0 |
|
24-Sep-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move packet flags into packet
commit 8c0c709eea5cbab97fb464cd68b06f24acc58ee1
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Wed Nov 25 17:46:15 2009 +0100
mac80211: move cmntr flag out of rx flags
moved the CMNTR flag into the skb RX flags for
some aggregation cleanups, but this was wrong
since the optimisation this flag tried to make
requires that it is kept across the processing
of multiple interfaces -- which isn't true for
flags in the skb. The patch not only broke the
optimisation, it also introduced a bug: under
some (common!) circumstances the flag will be
set on an already freed skb!
However, investigating this in more detail, I
found that most of the flags that we set should
be per packet, _except_ for this one, due to
a-MPDU processing. Additionally, the flags used
for processing (currently just this one) need
to be reset before processing a new packet.
Since we haven't actually seen bugs reported as
a result of the wrong flags handling (which is
not too surprising -- the only real bug case I
can come up with is an a-MSDU contained in an
a-MPDU), I'll make a different fix for rc.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 686b9cb994f5f74be790df4cd12873dfdc8a6984 |
|
23-Sep-2010 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211/ath9k: Support AMPDU with multiple VIFs.
The old ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw method didn't properly
find VIFS when there was more than one per AP. This caused
AMPDU logic in ath9k to get the wrong VIF when trying to
account for transmitted SKBs.
This patch changes ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw to take a
localaddr argument to distinguish between VIFs with the
same AP but different local addresses. The method name
is changed to ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| eb7d3066cf864342e8ae6a5c1126a1602c4d06c0 |
|
21-Sep-2010 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: clear txflags for ps-filtered frames
This patch fixes stale mac80211_tx_control_flags for
filtered / retried frames.
Because ieee80211_handle_filtered_frame feeds skbs back
into the tx path, they have to be stripped of some tx
flags so they won't confuse the stack, driver or device.
Cc: <stable@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2ca27bcff7127da1aa7dd39cd2a6f7cb187e327f |
|
16-Sep-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add p2p device type support
When a driver advertises p2p device support,
mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will
rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than
P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need
to be touched that are otherwise identical. A
p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given
interface will be used for p2p or not.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2944f45d9db851e186774df7c9cbf075f4a585c6 |
|
14-Sep-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add a note about iterating interfaces during add_interface()
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 34d4bc4d41d282a66dafe1b01a7d46bad468cefb |
|
27-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support runtime interface type changes
Add support to mac80211 for changing the interface
type even when the interface is UP, if the driver
supports it.
To achieve this
* add a new driver callback for switching,
* split some of the interface up/down code out
into new functions (do_open/do_stop), and
* maintain an own __SDATA_RUNNING bit that will
not be set during interface type, so that any
other code doesn't use the interface.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8789d459bc5e837bf37d261453df96ef54018d7b |
|
26-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow scan to complete from any context
The ieee80211_scan_completed() function was a frequent
source of potential deadlocks, since it is called by
drivers but may call back into drivers, so drivers had
to make sure to call it without any locks held, which
frequently lead to more complex code in drivers. Avoid
that problem by allowing the function to be called in
any context, and queueing the actual work it does.
Also update the documentation for it to indicate this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2738bd682df546f34654ed3d59dfc9ebe8d04979 |
|
21-Aug-2010 |
Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> |
mac80211: trivial spelling fixes
Fix spelling and readability of a few lines of kernel doc:
s/issueing/issuing/g
s/approriate/appropriate/g
s/supported by simply/supported simply by/
s/IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING/IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTER/g
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 633dd1ea683d907af944bcd9814092efe9869b05 |
|
18-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix docbook
Fix a small problem in the documentation for
ieee80211_request_smps, and a now erroneous
inclusion of enum ieee80211_key_alg, which no
longer exists after the change to ciphers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 97359d1235eaf634fe706c9faa6e40181cc95fb8 |
|
10-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use cipher suite selectors
Currently, mac80211 translates the cfg80211
cipher suite selectors into ALG_* values.
That isn't all too useful, and some drivers
benefit from the distinction between WEP40
and WEP104 as well. Therefore, convert it
all to use the cipher suite selectors.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d1f5b7a34aa5ff703c4966ea2652d4212ac75940 |
|
05-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to request SM PS mode change
Sometimes drivers have more information than the
stack about how their antennas/chains are used,
and may require that the SM PS mode be changed.
This could happen, for example, when detecting
that the user disconnected an antenna. Thus this
patch introduces API to allow drivers to request
SM PS mode changes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7da7cc1d42d8ce02cca16df8c021e6d657f1f8fd |
|
05-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: per interface idle notification
Sometimes we don't just need to know whether or
not the device is idle, but also per interface.
This adds that reporting capability to mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4e6cbfd09c66893e5134c9896e9af353c2322b66 |
|
29-Jul-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: support use of NAPI for bottom-half processing
This patch implement basic infrastructure to support use of NAPI by
mac80211-based hardware drivers.
Because mac80211 devices can support multiple netdevs, a dummy netdev
is used for interfacing with the NAPI code in the core of the network
stack. That structure is hidden from the hardware drivers, but the
actual napi_struct is exposed in the ieee80211_hw structure so that the
poll routines in drivers can retrieve that structure. Hardware drivers
can also specify their own weight value for NAPI polling.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e5b900d228b76d445a4240d9aeb3cd8f79205a91 |
|
29-Jul-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to request DTIM period
Some features require knowing the DTIM period
before associating. This implements the ability
to wait for a beacon in mac80211 before assoc
to provide this value. It is optional since
most likely not all drivers will need this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4552124543141debf40a94b67155e57aa6bb34d6 |
|
28-Jul-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: inform drivers about the off-channel status on channel changes
For some drivers it can be useful to know whether the channel they're
supposed to switch to is going to be used for short off-channel work or
scanning, or whether the hardware is expected to stay on it for a while
longer. This is important for various kinds of calibration work, which
takes longer to complete and should keep some persistent state, even if
the channel temporarily changes.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3f30fc1570626f11e8f3efe5ebd41fe96e847ed1 |
|
21-Jul-2010 |
Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi> |
net: remove last uses of __attribute__((packed))
Network code uses the __packed macro instead of __attribute__((packed)).
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 4ced3f74dae18715920cb680098ec7ff4345d0a3 |
|
19-Jul-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move QoS-enable to BSS info
Ever since
commit e1b3ec1a2a336c328c336cfa5485a5f0484cc90d
Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Date: Mon Mar 29 12:18:34 2010 +0200
mac80211: explicitly disable/enable QoS
mac80211 is telling drivers, in particular
iwlwifi, whether QoS is enabled or not.
However, this is only relevant for station mode,
since only then will any device send nullfunc
frames and need to know whether they should be
QoS frames or not. In other modes, there are
(currently) no frames the device is supposed to
send.
When you now consider virtual interfaces, it
becomes apparent that the current mechanism is
inadequate since it enables/disables QoS on a
global scale, where for nullfunc frames it has
to be on a per-interface scale.
Due to the above considerations, we can change
the way mac80211 advertises the QoS state to
drivers to only ever advertise it as "off" in
station mode, and make it a per-BSS setting.
Tested-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f90754c15f47063671aea55268a9dd6a37b51492 |
|
21-Jun-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Add interface for driver to temporarily disable dynamic ps
This mechanism introduced in this patch applies (at least) for hardware
designs using a single shared antenna for both WLAN and BT. In these designs,
the antenna must be toggled between WLAN and BT.
In those hardware, managing WLAN co-existence with Bluetooth requires WLAN
full power save whenever there is Bluetooth activity in order for WLAN to be
able to periodically relinquish the antenna to be used for BT. This is because
BT can only access the shared antenna when WLAN is idle or asleep.
Some hardware, for instance the wl1271, are able to indicate to the host
whenever there is BT traffic. In essence, the hardware will send an indication
to the host whenever there is, for example, SCO traffic or A2DP traffic, and
will send another indication when the traffic is over.
The hardware gets information of Bluetooth traffic via hardware co-existence
control lines - these lines are used to negotiate the shared antenna
ownership. The hardware will give the antenna to BT whenever WLAN is sleeping.
This patch adds the interface to mac80211 to facilitate temporarily disabling
of dynamic power save as per request of the WLAN driver. This interface will
immediately force WLAN to full powersave, hence allowing BT coexistence as
described above.
In these kind of shared antenna desings, when WLAN powersave is fully disabled,
Bluetooth will not work simultaneously with WLAN at all. This patch does not
address that problem. This interface will not change PSM state, so if PSM is
disabled it will remain so. Solving this problem requires knowledge about BT
state, and is best done in user-space.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ff61638105db6f5832ef8700436ba6aa6d3a2fda |
|
09-Jun-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Fix ps-qos network latency handling
The ps-qos latency handling is broken. It uses predetermined latency values
to select specific dynamic PS timeouts. With common AP configurations, these
values overlap with beacon interval and are therefore essentially useless
(for network latencies less than the beacon interval, PSM is disabled.)
This patch remedies the problem by replacing the predetermined network latency
values with one high value (1900ms) which is used to go trigger full psm. For
backwards compatibility, the value 2000ms is still mapped to a dynamic ps
timeout of 100ms.
Currently also the mac80211 internal value for storing user space configured
dynamic PSM values is incorrectly in the driver visible ieee80211_conf struct.
Move it to the ieee80211_local struct.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 685429623f88d84f98bd5daffc3c427c408740d4 |
|
09-Jun-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Fix circular locking dependency in ARP filter handling
There is a circular locking dependency when configuring the
hardware ARP filters on association, occurring when flushing the mac80211
workqueue. This is what happens:
[ 92.026800] =======================================================
[ 92.030507] [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ]
[ 92.030507] 2.6.34-04781-g2b2c009 #85
[ 92.030507] -------------------------------------------------------
[ 92.030507] modprobe/5225 is trying to acquire lock:
[ 92.030507] ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8105b5c0>] flush_workq
ueue+0x0/0xb0
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] but task is already holding lock:
[ 92.030507] (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] which lock already depends on the new lock.
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] -> #2 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}:
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81341754>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x300
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022d47c>] ieee80211_assoc_done+0x6c/0xe0 [mac80211]
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022f2ad>] ieee80211_work_work+0x31d/0x1280 [mac80211]
[ 92.030507] -> #1 ((&local->work_work)){+.+.+.}:
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105a51a>] worker_thread+0x22a/0x370
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105ecc6>] kthread+0x96/0xb0
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81003a94>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] -> #0 ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}:
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81075fdc>] __lock_acquire+0x1c0c/0x1d50
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105b60e>] flush_workqueue+0x4e/0xb0
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa023ff7b>] ieee80211_stop_device+0x2b/0xb0 [mac80211]
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa0231635>] ieee80211_stop+0x3e5/0x680 [mac80211]
The locking in this case is quite complex. Fix the problem by rewriting the
way the hardware ARP filter list is handled - i.e. make a copy of the address
list to the bss_conf struct, and provide that list to the hardware driver
when needed.
The current patch will enable filtering also in promiscuous mode. This may need
to be changed in the future.
Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 85ad181ea78861f69b007599cec9e6ba33fcdf8a |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to sleep in ampdu_action
Allow drivers to sleep, and indicate this in
the documentation. ath9k has some locking I
don't understand, so keep it safe and disable
BHs in it, all other drivers look fine with
the context change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5d22c89b9bea17a0e48e7534a9b237885e2c0809 |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove non-irqsafe aggregation callbacks
The non-irqsafe aggregation start/stop done
callbacks are currently only used by ath9k_htc,
and can cause callbacks into the driver again.
This might lead to locking issues, which will
only get worse as we modify locking. To avoid
trouble, remove the non-irqsafe versions and
change ath9k_htc to use those instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| abe37c4b84502d6931e04e94c9c2c45b4da8c889 |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
wireless: fix kernel-doc
Fix a whole bunch of kernel-doc warnings
and errors that crop up when running it on
mac80211 and cfg80211; the latter isn't
normally done so lots of bit-rot happened.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 38a6cc7538d3c44b76f9dcea607a171adcc0208e |
|
19-May-2010 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Remove deprecated sta_notify commands
STA_NOTIFY_ADD and STA_NOTIFY_REMOVE have no users anymore,
and station addition/removal are indicated to drivers
using sta_add() and sta_remove(), which can sleep.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6a8579d0e62c0eac428184ce45e86bc46677724a |
|
27-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session
There's no sense in letting anything but internal
mac80211 functions set the initiator to anything
but WLAN_BACK_INITIATOR, since WLAN_BACK_RECIPIENT
is only valid when we have received a frame from
the peer, which we react to directly in mac80211.
The debugfs code I recently added got this wrong
as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2b2c009ecf71f4c66ff8420b63dddbc9737e04e3 |
|
27-May-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Add support for hardware ARP query filtering
Some hardware allow extended filtering of ARP frames not intended for
the host. To perform such filtering, the hardware needs to know the current
IP address(es) of the host, bound to its interface.
Add support for ARP filtering to mac80211 by adding a new op to the driver
interface, allowing to configure the current IP addresses. This op is called
upon association with the currently configured address(es), and when
associated whenever the IP address(es) change.
This patch adds configuration of IPv4 addresses only, as IPv6 addresses don't
need ARP filtering.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 095dfdb0c479661f437b24b85e31f0d0b841eab6 |
|
26-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove tx status ampdu_ack_map
There's a single use of this struct member, but
as it is write-only it clearly not necessary.
Thus we can free up some space here, even if we
don't need it right now it seems pointless to
carry around the variable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4e8998f09bd777f99ea3dae6f87f2c367979e6c0 |
|
21-May-2010 |
Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> |
wireless: fix mac80211.h kernel-doc warnings
Fix kernel-doc warnings in mac80211.h:
Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:838): No description found for parameter 'ap_addr'
Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:1726): No description found for parameter 'get_survey'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3dc3fc52ea1537f5f37ab301d2b1468a0e79988f |
|
24-May-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
Revert "ath9k: Group Key fix for VAPs"
This reverts commit 03ceedea972a82d343fa5c2528b3952fa9e615d5.
This patch was reported to cause a regression in which connectivity is
lost and cannot be reestablished after a suspend/resume cycle.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a69eee4988752c7196677958b4ed8f4c2b28499a |
|
24-May-2010 |
Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> |
Revert "ath9k: Group Key fix for VAPs"
This reverts commit 03ceedea972a82d343fa5c2528b3952fa9e615d5, since it
breaks resume from suspend-to-ram on Rafael's Acer Ferrari One.
NetworkManager thinks everything is ok, but it can't connect to the AP
to get an IP address after the resume.
In fact, it even breaks resume for non-ath9k chipsets: reverting it also
fixes Rafael's Toshiba Protege R500 with the iwlagn driver. As Johannes
says:
"Indeed, this patch needs to be reverted. That mac80211 change is wrong
and completely unnecessary."
Reported-and-requested-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Daniel Yingqiang Ma <yma.cool@gmail.com>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
|
| 5ce6e438d5d9ed8ed775cd1e94f92002c8da2bad |
|
11-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add offload channel switch support
This adds support for offloading the channel switch
operation to devices that support such, typically
by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons
for this could be that the firmware provides better
timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the
device requires special handling of CSAs.
In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to
the device, the new channel_switch callback will
pass through the received frame's mactime, where
available.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0aaffa9b9699894aab3266195a529baf9f96ac29 |
|
05-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: improve HT channel handling
Currently, when one interface switches HT mode,
all others will follow along. This is clearly
undesirable, since the new one might switch to
no-HT while another one is operating in HT.
Address this issue by keeping track of the HT
mode per interface, and allowing only changes
that are compatible, i.e. switching into HT40+
is not possible when another interface is in
HT40-, in that case the second one needs to
fall back to HT20.
Also, to allow drivers to know what's going on,
store the per-interface HT mode (channel type)
in the virtual interface's bss_conf.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ac8dd506e40ee2c7fcc61654a44c32555a0a8d6c |
|
05-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix BSS info reconfiguration
When reconfiguring an interface due to a previous
hardware restart, mac80211 will currently include
the new IBSS flag on non-IBSS interfaces which may
confuse drivers.
Instead of doing the ~0 trick, simply spell out
which things are going to be reconfigured.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f5c044e53a6b319776c7140b22fee9be3bc1f758 |
|
30-Apr-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: remove deprecated noise field from ieee80211_rx_status
Also remove associated IEEE80211_HW_NOISE_DBM from ieee80211_hw_flags.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8fc214ba958648ab111a173f2db7b0e1dfed5b11 |
|
28-Apr-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: notify driver about IBSS status
Some drivers (e.g. iwlwifi) need to know and try
to figure it out based on other things, but making
it explicit is definitely better.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a060bbfe4ee95d115e8f9705a66894ac34e2c475 |
|
27-Apr-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: give virtual interface to hw_scan
When scanning, it is somewhat important to scan
on the correct virtual interface. All drivers
that currently implement hw_scan only support a
single virtual interface, but that may change
and then we'd want to be ready.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 195e294d21e88af879da4f88db2ceeb4ec28a755 |
|
26-Apr-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Determine dynamic PS timeout based on ps-qos network latency
Determine the dynamic PS timeout based on the configured ps-qos network
latency. For backwards wext compatibility, allow the dynamic PS timeout
configured by the cfg80211 to overrule the automatically determined value.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f79d9bad37cb1e7ef23d60b1dd0b7859957ced9e |
|
19-Apr-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add flags for STBC (Space-Time Block Coding)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 80725f454e58937ad546103e6a141c46b0d65a1b |
|
20-Apr-2010 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: document IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_QOS
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1289723ef238908ca8d95ff48a46ee0de970f882 |
|
19-Apr-2010 |
Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com> |
mac80211: sample survey implementation for mac80211 & hwsim
This adds the survey function to both mac80211 itself and to mac80211_hwsim.
For the latter driver, we simply invent some noise level.A real driver which
cannot determine the real channel noise MUST NOT report any noise, especially
not a magically conjured one :-)
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 03ceedea972a82d343fa5c2528b3952fa9e615d5 |
|
13-Apr-2010 |
Daniel Yingqiang Ma <yma.cool@gmail.com> |
ath9k: Group Key fix for VAPs
When I set up multiple VAPs with ath9k, I encountered an issue that
the traffic may be lost after a while.
The detailed phenomenon is
1. After a while the clients connected to one of these VAPs will get
into a state that no broadcast/multicast packets can be transfered
successfully while the unicast packets can be transfered normally.
2. Minutes latter the unitcast packets transfer will fail as well,
because the ARP entry is expired and it can't be freshed due to the
broadcast trouble.
It's caused by the group key overwritten and someone discussed this
issue in ath9k-devel maillist before, but haven't work out a fix yet.
I referred the method in madwifi, and made a patch for ath9k.
The method is to set the high bit of the sender(AP)'s address, and
associated that mac and the group key. It requires the hardware
supports multicast frame key search. It seems true for AR9160.
Not sure whether it's the correct way to fix this issue. But it seems
to work in my test. The patch is attached, feel free to revise it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Yingqiang ma <yma.cool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 93d95b12b3ba06e0e1f3e43a370ee61539d8cb90 |
|
18-Apr-2010 |
Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu> |
mac80211: fix typo in comments
The flag is called IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU rather than using the whole word
STATUS.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0a56bd0ae3f84dbd63535205b18b1a736abaa920 |
|
15-Apr-2010 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: add LDPC control flag
LDPC will be enabled through the rate control algorithm
for each buffer the the tx_info flags.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 22bedad3ce112d5ca1eaf043d4990fa2ed698c87 |
|
01-Apr-2010 |
Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> |
net: convert multicast list to list_head
Converts the list and the core manipulating with it to be the same as uc_list.
+uses two functions for adding/removing mc address (normal and "global"
variant) instead of a function parameter.
+removes dev_mcast.c completely.
+exposes netdev_hw_addr_list_* macros along with __hw_addr_* functions for
manipulation with lists on a sandbox (used in bonding and 80211 drivers)
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| e1b3ec1a2a336c328c336cfa5485a5f0484cc90d |
|
29-Mar-2010 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: explicitly disable/enable QoS
Add interface to disable/enable QoS (aka WMM or WME). Currently drivers
enable it explicitly when ->conf_tx method is called, and newer disable.
Disabling is needed for some APs, which do not support QoS, such
we should send QoS frames to them.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e3cf8b3f7b9eefbe1d39b160726d6e5c2cbb4c5d |
|
29-Mar-2010 |
Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> |
mac80211: support paged rx SKBs
Mac80211 drivers can now pass paged SKBs to mac80211 via
ieee80211_rx{_irqsafe}. The implementation currently use
skb_linearize() in a few places i.e. management frame
handling, software decryption, defragmentation and A-MSDU
process. We will optimize them one by one later.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a97c13c34509be460dea23c86f31c02daa2428b5 |
|
23-Mar-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Add support for connection quality monitoring
Add support for the set_cqm_config op. This op function configures the
requested connection quality monitor rssi threshold and rssi hysteresis
values to the hardware if the hardware supports
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CQM.
For unsupported hardware, currently -EOPNOTSUPP is returned, so the mac80211
is currently not doing connection quality monitoring on the host. This could be
added later, if needed.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1e4dcd012423b6a28f968a55886d2b27896a1586 |
|
19-Mar-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Add support for connection monitor in hardware
This patch is based on a RFC patch by Kalle Valo.
The wl1271 has a feature which handles the connection monitor logic
in hardware, basically sending periodically nullfunc frames and reporting
to the host if AP is lost, after attempting to recover by sending
probe-requests to the AP.
Add support to mac80211 by adding a new flag IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR
which prevents conn_mon_timer from triggering during idle periods, and
prevents sending probe-requests to the AP if beacon-loss is indicated by the
hardware.
Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 62bb2ac5cb6c2f813e151617525ec518e2d1c649 |
|
17-Feb-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: deprecate RX status noise
The noise value as is won't be used, isn't
filled by most drivers and doesn't really
make a whole lot of sense on a per packet
basis -- proper cfg80211 survey support in
mac80211 will need to be different.
Mark the struct member as deprecated so it
will be removed from drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4fa004373133ece3d9b1c0a7e243b0e53760b165 |
|
01-Mar-2010 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Fix HT rate control configuration
Handling HT configuration changes involved setting the channel
with the new HT parameters and then issuing a rate_update()
notification to the driver.
This behavior changed after the off-channel changes. Now, the channel
is not updated with the new HT params in enable_ht() - instead, it
is now done when the scan work terminates. This results in the driver
depending on stale information, defaulting to non-HT mode always.
Fix this by passing the new channel type to the driver.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 026331c4d9b526561ea96f95fac4bfc52b69e316 |
|
14-Feb-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: allow registering for and sending action frames
This implements a new command to register for action frames
that userspace wants to handle instead of the in-kernel
rejection. It is then responsible for rejecting ones that
it decided not to handle. There is no unregistration, but
the socket can be closed for that.
Frames that are not registered for will not be forwarded
to userspace and will be rejected by the kernel, the
cfg80211 API helps implementing that.
Additionally, this patch adds a new command that allows
doing action frame transmission from userspace. It can be
used either to exchange action frames on the current
operational channel (e.g., with the AP with which we are
currently associated) or to exchange off-channel Public
Action frames with the remain-on-channel command.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 375177bf35efc08e1bd37bbda4cc0c8cc4db8500 |
|
09-Feb-2010 |
Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Retry null data frame for power save.
Even if the null data frame is not acked by the AP, mac80211
goes into power save. This might lead to loss of frames
from the AP.
Prevent this by restarting dynamic_ps_timer when ack is not
received for null data frames.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 349e6b7289f8a3d3d5d3b859e00b41f27d1211df |
|
07-Feb-2010 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> |
mac80211: remove get_tx_stats() driver op
get_tx_stats() driver operation is not currently used anywhere in mac80211
and there are no plans to use it in the not-so-near future. So it can go
without anyone missing it.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 34e895075e21be3e21e71d6317440d1ee7969ad0 |
|
03-Feb-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep
Many drivers would like to sleep during station
addition and removal, and currently have a high
complexity there from not being able to.
This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and
sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead
of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and
the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to
fail.
The reason we didn't do this previously is that
the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the
RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep.
This patch will keep the station allocation in
that path, but moves adding the station to the
driver out of line. Since the addition can now
fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver
rejected -- in that case we still talk to the
station but never tell the driver about it in
the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be
a driver that has a low limit on the number of
stations and that cannot talk to any stations
that are not known to it, we need to do come up
with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs,
maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 17ad353b8d9843731258b5d23556667b764939e9 |
|
31-Jan-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix monitor mode tx radiotap header handling
When an injected frame gets buffered for a powersave STA or filtered
and retransmitted, mac80211 attempts to parse the radiotap header
again, which doesn't work because it's gone at that point.
This patch adds a new flag for checking the availability of a radiotap
header, so that it only attempts to parse it once, reusing the tx info
on the next call to ieee80211_tx().
This fixes severe issues with rekeying in AP mode.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 56007a028c51cbf800a6c969d6f6431d23443b99 |
|
26-Jan-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: wait for beacon before enabling powersave
Because DTIM information is required for powersave
but is only conveyed in beacons, wait for a beacon
before enabling powersave, and change the way the
information is conveyed to the driver accordingly.
mwl8k doesn't currently seem to implement PS but
requires the DTIM period in a different way; after
talking to Lennert we agreed to just have mwl8k do
the parsing itself in the finalize_join work.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| eb807fb23878bc319e029ed8ce3d835d239723a5 |
|
24-Jan-2010 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> |
mac80211: fix update_tkip_key() documentation about the context
Johannes noticed that I had incorrectly documented the context of
update_tkip_key() driver operation. It must be atomic because all
RX code is run inside rcu critical section.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b3fbdcf49f940d0703c356441e0daf045e64e076 |
|
21-Jan-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: pass vif and station to update_tkip_key
When a TKIP key is updated, we should pass the station
pointer instead of just the address, since drivers can
use that to store their own data. We also need to pass
the virtual interface pointer.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c6fcf6bcfc3cfc1c00cc7fd9610cfa2b1a18041f |
|
17-Jan-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: re-enable re-transmission of filtered frames
In an earlier commit,
mac80211: disable software retry for now
Pavel Roskin reported a problem that seems to be due to
software retry of already transmitted frames. It turns
out that we've never done that correctly, but due to
some recent changes it now crashes in the TX code. I've
added a comment in the patch that explains the problem
better and also points to possible solutions -- which
I can't implement right now.
I disabled software retry of failed/filtered frames
because it was broken. With the work of the previous
patches, it now becomes fairly easy to re-enable it
by adding a flag indicating that the frame shouldn't
be modified, but still running it through the transmit
handlers to populate the control information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c99445b14054e0c4ed4715df1dad1fc608cbab46 |
|
14-Jan-2010 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: improve powersave documentation
There has been some confusion how drivers should implement powersave
support. Improve the documentation a bit to make it more clear what
drivers need to do. Also mention about U-APSD.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9d173fc5dfa8c1b4578b331ac7ff3ce8af27006e |
|
14-Jan-2010 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: fix mac80211.h documentation warnings
There were some warnings about missing documentation and a missing reference.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ab13315af97919fae0e014748105fdc2e30afb2d |
|
12-Jan-2010 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: add U-APSD client support
Add Unscheduled Automatic Power-Save Delivery (U-APSD) client support. The
idea is that the data frames from the client trigger AP to send the buffered
frames with ACs which have U-APSD enabled. This decreases latency and makes it
possible to save even more power.
Driver needs to use IEEE80211_HW_UAPSD to enable the feature. The current
implementation assumes that firmware takes care of the wakeup and
hardware needing IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK is not yet supported.
Tested with wl1251 on a Nokia N900 and Cisco Aironet 1231G AP and running
various test traffic with ping.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 05e54ea6cce400ac34528d705179b45244f61074 |
|
05-Jan-2010 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: create Probe Request template
Certain type of hardware, for example wl1251 and wl1271, need a template
for the Probe Request. Create a function ieee80211_probereq_get() which
creates the template and drivers send it to hardware.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7044cc565b45a898c140fb185174a66f2d68a163 |
|
05-Jan-2010 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: add functions to create PS Poll and Nullfunc templates
Some hardware, for example wl1251 and wl1271, handle the transmission
of power save related frames in hardware, but the driver is responsible
for creating the templates. It's better to create the templates in mac80211,
that way all drivers can benefit from this.
Add two new functions, ieee80211_pspoll_get() and ieee80211_nullfunc_get()
which drivers need to call to get the frame. Drivers are also responsible
for updating the templates after each association.
Also new struct ieee80211_hdr_3addr is added to ieee80211.h to make it
easy to calculate length of the Nullfunc frame.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 37eb0b164cf9fa9f70c8500926f5cde7c652f48e |
|
06-Jan-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: Use more generic bitrate mask for rate control
Extend struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask to actually use a bitfield mask
instead of just a single fixed or maximum rate index. This change
itself does not modify the behavior (except for debugfs files), but it
prepares cfg80211 and mac80211 for a new nl80211 command for setting
which rates can be used in TX rate control.
Since frames are now going through the rate control algorithm
unconditionally, the internal IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RCALGO flag can now
be removed. The RC implementations can use the rate_idx_mask value to
optimize their behavior if only a single rate is enabled.
The old max_rate_idx in struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control is maintained
(but commented as deprecated) for backwards compatibility with existing
RC implementations. Once these implementations have been updated to
use the more generic rate_idx_mask, the max_rate_idx value can be
removed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e00cfce0cb2a397859607bf515c6de9ce064b64a |
|
28-Dec-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Select lowest rate based on basic rate set in AP mode
If the basic rate set is configured to not include the lowest rate
(e.g., basic rate set = 6, 12, 24 Mbps in IEEE 802.11g mode), the AP
should not send out broadcast frames at 1 Mbps. This type of
configuration can be used to optimize channel usage in cases where
there is no need for backwards compatibility with IEEE 802.11b-only
devices.
In AP mode, mac80211 was unconditionally using the lowest rate for
Beacon frames and similarly, with all rate control algorithms that use
rate_control_send_low(), the lowest rate ended up being used for all
broadcast frames (and all unicast frames that are sent before
association). Change this to take into account the basic rate
configuration in AP mode, i.e., use the lowest rate in the basic rate
set instead of the lowest supported rate when selecting the rate.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 310bc676e314e92c18257bfc916951879451ee32 |
|
21-Dec-2009 |
Lukáš Turek <8an@praha12.net> |
mac80211: Add new callback set_coverage_class
Mac80211 callback to driver set_coverage_class() sets slot time and ACK
timeout for given IEEE 802.11 coverage class. The callback is optional,
but it's essential for long distance links.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Turek <8an@praha12.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e1781ed33a8809c58ad6c3b6d432d656446efa43 |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> |
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops
To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context,
annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time,
also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts.
mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on
the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be
removed in the future.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1ed32e4fc8cfc9656cc1101e7f9617d485fcbe7b |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove struct ieee80211_if_init_conf
All its members (vif, mac_addr, type) are now available
in the vif struct directly, so we can pass that instead
of the conf struct. I generated this patch (except the
mac80211 and header file changes) with this semantic
patch:
@@
identifier conf, fn, hw;
type tp;
@@
tp fn(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
-struct ieee80211_if_init_conf *conf)
+struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
{
<...
(
-conf->type
+vif->type
|
-conf->mac_addr
+vif->addr
|
-conf->vif
+vif
)
...>
}
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a80f7c0b088187c8471b441d461e937991870661 |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: introduce flush operation
We've long lacked a good confirmation that frames
have really gone out, e.g. before going off-channel
for a scan. Add a flush() operation that drivers
can implement to provide that confirmation, and use
it in a few places:
* before scanning sends the nullfunc frames
* after scanning sends the nullfunc frames, if any
* when going idle, to send any pending frames
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 671adc93b6472eaa0142a88d096c945f7b07893a |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
wireless: remove remaining qual code
This removes the remaining users of the rx status
'qual' field and the field itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0f78231bffb868a30e8533aace142213266bb811 |
|
01-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: enable spatial multiplexing powersave
Enable spatial multiplexing in mac80211 by telling the
driver what to do and, where necessary, sending action
frames to the AP to update the requested SMPS mode.
Also includes a trivial implementation for hwsim that
just logs the requested mode.
For now, the userspace interface is in debugfs only,
and let you toggle the requested mode at any time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 47846c9b0c10808d9337d2e7d09361f3e0a0a71a |
|
25-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev
For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have
a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so
prepare for that by reducing the reliance on
having a netdev. This patch moves the name
and address fields into the sdata struct and
uses them from there all over. Some work is
needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not
a lot of work and in slow paths anyway.
In doing so, this also reduces the number of
pointer dereferences in many places, because
of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming
sdata->vif.addr.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d24deb2580823ab0b8425790c6f5d18e2ff749d8 |
|
04-Dec-2009 |
Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Add define for TX headroom reserved by mac80211 itself.
Add a definition of the amount of TX headroom reserved by mac80211 itself
for its own purposes. Also add BUILD_BUG_ON to validate the value.
This define can then be used by drivers to request additional TX headroom
in the most efficient manner.
Signed-off-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 827d42c9ac91ddd728e4f4a31fefb906ef2ceff7 |
|
22-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix spurious delBA handling
Lennert Buytenhek noticed that delBA handling in mac80211
was broken and has remotely triggerable problems, some of
which are due to some code shuffling I did that ended up
changing the order in which things were done -- this was
commit d75636ef9c1af224f1097941879d5a8db7cd04e5
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Tue Feb 10 21:25:53 2009 +0100
mac80211: RX aggregation: clean up stop session
and other parts were already present in the original
commit d92684e66091c0f0101819619b315b4bb8b5bcc5
Author: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Date: Mon Jan 28 14:07:22 2008 +0200
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add delBA from recipient support
The first problem is that I moved a BUG_ON before various
checks -- thereby making it possible to hit. As the comment
indicates, the BUG_ON can be removed since the ampdu_action
callback must already exist when the state is != IDLE.
The second problem isn't easily exploitable but there's a
race condition due to unconditionally setting the state to
OPERATIONAL when a delBA frame is received, even when no
aggregation session was ever initiated. All the drivers
accept stopping the session even then, but that opens a
race window where crashes could happen before the driver
accepts it. Right now, a WARN_ON may happen with non-HT
drivers, while the race opens only for HT drivers.
For this case, there are two things necessary to fix it:
1) don't process spurious delBA frames, and be more careful
about the session state; don't drop the lock
2) HT drivers need to be prepared to handle a session stop
even before the session was really started -- this is
true for all drivers (that support aggregation) but
iwlwifi which can be fixed easily. The other HT drivers
(ath9k and ar9170) are behaving properly already.
Reported-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8c0c709eea5cbab97fb464cd68b06f24acc58ee1 |
|
25-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move cmntr flag out of rx flags
The RX flags should soon be used only for flags
that cannot change within an a-MPDU, so move the
cooked monitor flag into the RX status flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7351c6bd482712e5e3ec9dffc547de0e0863efb0 |
|
19-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: request TX status where needed
Right now all frames mac80211 hands to the driver
have the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS flag set to
request TX status. This isn't really necessary, only
the injected frames need TX status (the latter for
hostapd) so move setting this flag.
The rate control algorithms also need TX status, but
they don't require it.
Also, rt2x00 uses that bit for its own purposes and
seems to require it being set for all frames, but
that can be fixed in rt2x00.
This doesn't really change anything for any drivers
but in the future drivers using hw-rate control may
opt to not report TX status for frames that don't
have the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS flag set.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> [rt2x00 bits]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| af65cd96dd4ea8ea5adc6ee850e61a407cd1067a |
|
17-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make software rate control optional
Some devices implement the entire rate control in
firmware in some way, like wl1271 or like iwlwifi
which does some things in software but not a lot.
Therefore generic software rate control is rather
useless for them and just adds avoidable overhead
to the transmit path.
It's fairly simple to let drivers indicate that
they do not need rate control, but they need to
fulfil a number of conditions that we encode in
WARN_ONs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c951ad3550ab40071bb0f222ba6125845769c08a |
|
16-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: convert aggregation to operate on vifs/stas
The entire aggregation code currently operates on the
hw pointer and station addresses, but that needs to
change to make stations purely per-vif; As one step
preparing for that make the aggregation code callable
with the station, or by the combination of virtual
interface and station address.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 599bf6a4d64d8399e99514e0e1ef02e97e43238f |
|
15-Nov-2009 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add the total ampdu length to tx info
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| af81858172cc0f3da81946aab919c26e4b364efc |
|
06-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: async station powersave handling
Some devices require that all frames to a station
are flushed when that station goes into powersave
mode before being able to send frames to that
station again when it wakes up or polls -- all in
order to avoid reordering and too many or too few
frames being sent to the station when it polls.
Normally, this is the case unless the station
goes to sleep and wakes up very quickly again.
But in that case, frames for it may be pending
on the hardware queues, and thus races could
happen in the case of multiple hardware queues
used for QoS/WMM. Normally this isn't a problem,
but with the iwlwifi mechanism we need to make
sure the race doesn't happen.
This makes mac80211 able to cope with the race
with driver help by a new WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER
per-station flag that can be controlled by the
driver and tells mac80211 whether it can transmit
frames or not. This flag must be set according to
very specific rules outlined in the documentation
for the function that controls it.
When we buffer new frames for the station, we
normally set the TIM bit right away, but while
the driver has blocked transmission to that sta
we need to avoid that as well since we cannot
respond to the station if it wakes up due to the
TIM bit. Once the driver unblocks, we can set
the TIM bit.
Similarly, when the station just wakes up, we
need to wait until all other frames are flushed
before we can transmit frames to that station,
so the same applies here, we need to wait for
the driver to give the OK.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5ed176e1c425f9bd1af161d66d348f6116a04fc6 |
|
04-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make ieee80211_find_sta per virtual interface
Since we have a TODO item to make all station
management dependent on virtual interfaces, I
figured I'd start with pushing such a change
to drivers before more drivers start using the
ieee80211_find_sta() API with a hw pointer and
cause us grief later on.
For now continue exporting the old API in form
of ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw(), but discourage
its use strongly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c27f2fded51948edf40007f4f31350e9e0c6ba23 |
|
29-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: deprecate qual value
This value is unused by mac80211, because it was only
be used by wireless extensions, and turned out to not
be useful there because the quality value needs to be
comparable between scan results and the current value
which is impossible when the qual value is calculated
taking into account noise, for example.
Since it is unused anyway, this patch deprecates it
in the hope that drivers will remove their sometimes
quite expensive calculations of the value.
I'm open to actual uses of the value, but the best
way of using it seems to be what the Intel drivers do
which should probably be generalised if we have noise
values from the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| eddcbb94f75c3e8944503e9f13c1d29acd0d7052 |
|
29-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: introduce ieee80211_beacon_get_tim()
Compared to ieee80211_beacon_get(), the new function
ieee80211_beacon_get_tim() returns information on the
location and length of the TIM IE, which some drivers
need in order to generate the TIM on the device. The
old function, ieee80211_beacon_get(), becomes a small
static inline wrapper around the new one to not break
all drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0869aea0eb711982cd2b8bebf41b3c0191c89cde |
|
28-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP
While there may be a case for a driver adding its
own bits of radiotap information, none currently
does. Also, drivers would have to copy the code
to generate the radiotap bits that now mac80211
generates. If some driver in the future needs to
add some driver-specific information I'd expect
that to be in a radiotap vendor namespace and we
can add a different way of passing such data up
and having mac80211 include it.
Additionally, rename IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP to
IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR since it's still used by
b43(legacy) to obtain per-frame timestamps.
The purpose of this patch is to simplify the RX
code in mac80211 to make it easier to add paged
skb support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e36e49f7338f0f73cd7f5ba4f5b646a479ab60a8 |
|
13-Oct-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_rx_ni()
ieee80211_rx() must be called with bottom halves disabled. To simplify
driver development implement ieee80211_rx_ni() which disables BH. This
function must be used when in process context.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d20ef63d32461332958661df73e21c0ca42601b0 |
|
11-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: document ieee80211_rx() context requirement
ieee80211_rx() must be called with softirqs disabled
since the networking stack requires this for netif_rx()
and some code in mac80211 can assume that it can not
be processing its own tasklet and this call at the same
time.
It may be possible to remove this requirement after a
careful audit of mac80211 and doing any needed locking
improvements in it along with disabling softirqs around
netif_rx(). An alternative might be to push all packet
processing to process context in mac80211, instead of
to the tasklet, and add other synchronisation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 103bf9f7d35849bce52ad412e4da5063b0716969 |
|
20-Aug-2009 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_rx namespace hack
With the libipw naming scheme change, it is no longer necessary for
mac80211 to avoid the ieee80211_rx name clash.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f424afa17899408cbd267a4c4534ca6fc9d8f71c |
|
17-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove deprecated API
All but two drivers have now stopped using the two
deprecated members radio_enabled and beacon_int,
so it's about time to remove them for good.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3ac64beecd27400d12cc7afb4108eef26c499f6a |
|
17-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep
Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up
with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter
operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify
things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add
a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that
need the multicast address list implement. This new
callback must be atomic, but most drivers either
don't care or just calculate a hash which can be
done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware
non-atomically.
A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170,
mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00,
wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this
new capability.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ad5351db89681515681c5d5659ddf4c69e3cc6f5 |
|
07-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: allow DMA optimisation
If we have a lot of frames to transmit at once, for
instance with fragmentation, it can be an optimisation
to only tell the DMA engine about them on the last
fragment/frame to avoid banging the IO too much. This
patch allows implementation such an optimisation by
telling the driver when more frames can be expected.
Currently, this is used by mac80211 only on fragmented
frames, but could also be used in the future on other
frames when the queue was full and there are multiple
frames pending.
Note that drivers need to be careful when using this
flag, they need to kick their DMA engines not just
when this flag is clear, but also when the queue gets
full so that progress can be made.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ab5b5342fd0ba5b9a2f58a94c5d41dd074b7c48e |
|
07-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: document TX powersave filter requirements
This documents what's required to implement that TX powersave
filter properly wrt. handling hardware queues.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c555b9b3713e05586fabe85f4e46f28859e72930 |
|
07-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: explain TX retry and status
Add some more documentation including an example so that
it's clearer what should be done for TX retries.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e3b90ca28412fb9dcc8c5ca38e179e78fec07eee |
|
04-Aug-2009 |
Igor Perminov <igor.perminov@inbox.ru> |
mac80211: FIF_PSPOLL filter flag
When an interface is configured in the AP mode, the mac80211
implementation doesn't inform the driver to receive PS Poll frames.
It leads to inability to communicate with power-saving stations
reliably.
The FIF_CONTROL flag isn't passed by mac80211 to
ieee80211_ops.configure_filter when an interface is in the AP mode.
And it's ok, because we don't want to receive ACK frames and other
control ones, but only PS Poll ones.
This patch introduces the FIF_PSPOLL filter flag in addition to
FIF_CONTROL, which means for the driver "pass PS Poll frames".
This flag is passed to the driver:
A) When an interface is configured in the AP mode.
B) In all cases, when the FIF_CONTROL flag was passed earlier (in
addition to it).
Signed-off-by: Igor Perminov <igor.perminov@inbox.ru>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 42935ecaf4e784d0815afa9a7e5fe7e141157ca3 |
|
30-Jul-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: redefine usage of the mac80211 workqueue
The mac80211 workqueue exists to enable mac80211 and drivers
to queue their own work on a single threaded workqueue. mac80211
takes care to flush the workqueue during suspend but we never
really had requirements on drivers for how they should use
the workqueue in consideration for suspend.
We extend mac80211 to document how the mac80211 workqueue should
be used, how it should not be used and finally move raw access to
the workqueue to mac80211 only. Drivers and mac80211 use helpers
to queue work onto the mac80211 workqueue:
* ieee80211_queue_work()
* ieee80211_queue_delayed_work()
These helpers will now warn if mac80211 already completed its
suspend cycle and someone is trying to queue work. mac80211
flushes the mac80211 workqueue prior to suspend a few times,
but we haven't taken the care to ensure drivers won't add more
work after suspend. To help with this we add a warning when
someone tries to add work and mac80211 already completed the
suspend cycle.
Drivers should ensure they cancel any work or delayed work
in the mac80211 stop() callback.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3fa52056f3a8e755708241d5795e6d3e6f55ad85 |
|
24-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix PS-poll response, race
When a station queries us for a PS-poll response, we wrongly
queue the frame on the virtual interface's queue rather than
the pending queue.
Additionally, fix a race condition where we could potentially
send multiple frames to the sleeping station due to using a
station flag rather than a packet flag. When converting to a
packet flag, we can also convert p54 and remove the filter
clearing we added for it.
(Also remove a now dead function)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reported-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Tested-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3b8d81e020f77c9da8b85b0685c8cd2ca7c7b150 |
|
17-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove master netdev
With the internal 'pending' queue system in place, we can simply
put packets there instead of pushing them off to the master dev,
getting rid of the master interface completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4c6d4f5c33fbe19b134c1af43af166fee79eb986 |
|
16-Jul-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: add helper for management / no-ack frame rate decision
All current rate control algorithms agree to send management and no-ack
frames at the lowest rate. They also agree to do this when sta
and the private rate control data is NULL. We add a hlper to mac80211
for this and simplify the rate control algorithm code.
Developers wishing to make enhancements to rate control algorithms
are for broadcast/multicast can opt to not use this in their
gate_rate() mac80211 callback.
Cc: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Cc: ipw3945-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: Derek Smithies <derek@indranet.co.nz>
Cc: Chittajit Mitra <Chittajit.Mitra@Atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b770b43e95a66587fbd8c1841de83da87fbf23ea |
|
16-Jul-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: drop frames for sta with no valid rate
When we're associated we should be able to send data to
target sta. If we cannot we may be trying to use the incorrect
band to talk to the sta. Lets catch any such cases, warn, and
drop the frames to not invalidate assumptions being made on
rate control algorithms when they have a valid sta to
communicate with. Any such cases should be handled and fixed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| aff89a9b9084931e51b89d8f3ee3c547bea6c422 |
|
01-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: introduce nl80211 testmode command
This introduces a new NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE for testing
and calibration use with nl80211. There's no multiplexing
like like iwpriv had, and the command is not available by
default, it needs to be explicitly enabled in Kconfig and
shouldn't be enabled in most kernels.
The command requires a wiphy index or interface index to
identify the device to operate on, and the new TESTDATA
attribute. There also is API for sending replies to the
command, and testmode multicast messages (on a testmode
multicast group).
I've also updated mac80211 to be able to pass through the
command to the driver, since it itself doesn't implement
the testmode command.
Additionally, to give people an idea of how to use the
command, I've added a little code to hwsim that makes use
of the new command to set the powersave mode, this is
currently done via debugfs and should remain there, and
the testmode command only serves as an example of how to
use this best -- with nested netlink attributes in the
TESTDATA attribute. A hwsim testmode tool can be found at
http://git.sipsolutions.net/hwsim.git/. This tool is BSD
licensed so people can easily use it as a basis for their
own internal fabrication and validation tools.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f1d58c2521eb160178b2151d6326d8dc5d7c8560 |
|
17-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: push rx status into skb->cb
Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into
skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it
in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that
drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now
accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all
drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making
them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive
function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be
optimised on its own schedule.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8f77f3849cc3ae2d6df9301785a3d316ea7d7ee1 |
|
07-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: do not pass PS frames out of mac80211 again
In order to handle powersave frames properly we had needed
to pass these out to the device queues again, and introduce
the skb->requeue bit. This, however, also has unnecessary
overhead by needing to 'clean up' already tried frames, and
this clean-up code is also buggy when software encryption
is used.
Instead of sending the frames via the master netdev queue
again, simply put them into the pending queue. This also
fixes a problem where frames for that particular station
could be reordered when some were still on the software
queues and older ones are re-injected into the software
queue after them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1f87f7d3a3b42b20f34cb03f0fd1a41c3d0e27f3 |
|
02-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: add rfkill support
To be easier on drivers and users, have cfg80211 register an
rfkill structure that drivers can access. When soft-killed,
simply take down all interfaces; when hard-killed the driver
needs to notify us and we will take down the interfaces
after the fact. While rfkilled, interfaces cannot be set UP.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e535c7566e1318ccfa015e297f0309994f7bc078 |
|
23-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: deprecate conf.beacon_int properly
Ivo has updated the driver to no longer use the change flag,
so we can remove that, but rt2x00 and ath5k still use the
actual value so let's mark it as deprecated too.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e31a16d6f64ef0e324c6f54d5112703c3f13a9c4 |
|
21-May-2009 |
Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> |
wireless: move some utility functions from mac80211 to cfg80211
The patch moves some utility functions from mac80211 to cfg80211.
Because these functions are doing generic 802.11 operations so they
are not mac80211 specific. The moving allows some fullmac drivers
to be also benefit from these utility functions.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| cce4c77b87ce7e71a0f244a3dfb6ac1c3a1bc67e |
|
19-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix kernel-doc
Moving information from config_interface to bss_info_changed
removed struct ieee80211_if_conf which the documentation still
refers to, additionally there's one kernel-doc description too
much and one other missing, fix all this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 44033f80cefd1d7b474efdabc412476d4bafb8f4 |
|
08-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_ht_bss_info
This struct is no longer used (and hasn't been for a while).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9ed6bcce77f75d98af6ee07069deac6041948bee |
|
08-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move HT operation mode BSS info
There really is no need to have a separate struct for a
single variable. The fact that it exists is due to the
code legacy, but we can remove that now. Very simple.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5cff20e6c5a6591a79d3b027af222870f52bb550 |
|
29-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: tell driver when idle
When we aren't doing anything in mac80211, we can turn off
much of the hardware, depending on the driver/hw. Not doing
anything, aka being idle, means:
* no monitor interfaces
* no AP/mesh/wds interfaces
* any station interfaces are in DISABLED state
* any IBSS interfaces aren't trying to be in a network
* we aren't trying to scan
By creating a new function that verifies these conditions and calling
it at strategic points where the states of those conditions change,
we can easily make mac80211 tell the driver when we are idle to save
power.
Additionally, this fixes a small quirk where a recalculated powersave
state is passed to the driver even if the hardware is about to stopped
completely.
This patch intentionally doesn't touch radio_enabled because that is
currently implemented to be a soft rfkill which is inappropriate here
when we need to be able to wake up with low latency.
One thing I'm not entirely sure about is this:
phy0: device no longer idle - in use
wlan0: direct probe to AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d try 1
wlan0 direct probe responded
wlan0: authenticate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d
wlan0: authenticated
> phy0: device now idle
> phy0: device no longer idle - in use
wlan0: associate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d
wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:11:24:91:07:4d (capab=0x401 status=0 aid=1)
wlan0: associated
Is it appropriate to go into idle state for a short time when we have
just authenticated, but not associated yet? This happens only with the
userspace SME, because we cannot really know how long it will wait
before asking us to associate. Would going idle after a short timeout
be more appropriate? We may need to revisit this, depending on what
happens.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2d0ddec5b2b859f06116f631fc0ffe94fbceb556 |
|
23-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: unify config_interface and bss_info_changed
The config_interface method is a little strange, it contains the
BSSID and beacon updates, while bss_info_changed contains most
other BSS information for each interface. This patch removes
config_interface and rolls all the information it previously
passed to drivers into bss_info_changed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 57c4d7b4c4986037be51476b8e3025d5ba18d8b8 |
|
23-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up beacon interval settings
We currently have two beacon interval configuration knobs:
hw.conf.beacon_int and vif.bss_info.beacon_int. This is
rather confusing, even though the former is used when we
beacon ourselves and the latter when we are associated to
an AP.
This just deprecates the hw.conf.beacon_int setting in favour
of always using vif.bss_info.beacon_int. Since it touches all
the beaconing IBSS code anyway, we can also add support for
the cfg80211 IBSS beacon interval configuration easily.
NOTE: The hw.conf.beacon_int setting is retained for now due
to drivers still using it -- I couldn't untangle all
drivers, some are updated in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9ccebe6148bcb0aba2d89743df2ff182ced505ec |
|
23-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rename max_sleep_interval to max_sleep_period
Kalle points out that max_sleep_interval is somewhat confusing
because the value is measured in beacon intervals, and not in
TU. Rename it to max_sleep_period to be consistent with things
like DTIM period that are also measured in beacon intervals.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 04fe20372e70685d9f15966216cdffd3795fe590 |
|
22-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: calculate maximum sleep interval
The maximum sleep interval, for powersave purposes, is
determined by the DTIM period (it may not be larger)
and the required networking latency (it must be small
enough to fulfil those constraints).
This makes mac80211 calculate the maximum sleep interval
based on those constraints, and pass it to the driver.
Then the driver should instruct the device to sleep at
most that long.
Note that the device is responsible for aligning the
maximum sleep interval between DTIMs, we make sure it's
not longer but it needs to make sure it's between them.
Also, group some powersave documentation together and
make it more explicit that we support managed mode only,
and no IBSS powersaving (yet).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e255d5eb2b478eec1416b46aea03798b64355402 |
|
22-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_DYNPS_TIMEOUT
Just setting IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS should be sufficient
for changes in the power saving things. The driver already
tells us whether it wants notification of dynps via the
"have dynps support" hw flag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d323655372590c533c275b1d798f9d1221efb5c6 |
|
20-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: clean up includes
Trying to separate header files into net/wireless.h and
net/cfg80211.h has been a source of confusion. Remove
net/wireless.h (because there also is the linux/wireless.h)
and subsume everything into net/cfg80211.h -- except the
definitions for regulatory structures which get moved to
a new header net/regulatory.h.
The "new" net/cfg80211.h is now divided into sections.
There are no real changes in this patch but code shuffling
and some very minor documentation fixes.
I have also, to make things reflect reality, put in a
copyright line for Luis to net/regulatory.h since that
is probably exclusively written by him but was formerly
in a file that only had my copyright line.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 955394c98c9cb79bdb3e6b479695af3a90ea0623 |
|
16-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: document powersaving/beacon filter future
Document what mac80211 will do in the future to help save power.
We're not quite there yet, but a plan helps. Also, while at it,
fix the docs wrt. multicast traffic.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f2753ddbadb0873a98421415882318251bbd9eaa |
|
14-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add hardware restart function
Some hardware defects may require the hardware to be re-initialised
completely from scratch. Drivers would need much information (for
instance the current MAC address, crypto keys, beaconing information,
etc.) stored duplicated from mac80211 to be able to do this, so let
mac80211 help them.
The new ieee80211_restart_hw() function requires the same code as
resuming, so move that code into a new ieee80211_reconfig() function
in util.c and leave only the suspend code in pm.c.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| de95a54b1aebe5592cae971ca5e5d9ec6a381a17 |
|
01-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: pass all probe request IEs to driver
Instead of just passing the cfg80211-requested IEs, pass
the locally generated ones as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e4e72fb4de93e3d4047a4ee3f08778422e17ed0d |
|
23-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211/iwlwifi: move virtual A-MDPU queue bookkeeping to iwlwifi
This patch removes all the virtual A-MPDU-queue bookkeeping from
mac80211. Curiously, iwlwifi already does its own bookkeeping, so
it doesn't require much changes except where it needs to handle
starting and stopping the queues in mac80211.
To handle the queue stop/wake properly, we rewrite the software
queue number for aggregation frames and internally to iwlwifi keep
track of the queues that map into the same AC queue, and only talk
to mac80211 about the AC queue. The implementation requires calling
two new functions, iwl_stop_queue and iwl_wake_queue instead of the
mac80211 counterparts.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Reinette Chattre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| cd8ffc800ce18e558335c4946b2217864fc16045 |
|
23-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix aggregation to not require queue stop
Instead of stopping the entire AC queue when enabling aggregation
(which was only done for hardware with aggregation queues) buffer
the packets for each station, and release them to the pending skb
queue once aggregation is turned on successfully.
We get a little more code, but it becomes conceptually simpler and
we can remove the entire virtual queue mechanism from mac80211 in
a follow-up patch.
This changes how mac80211 behaves towards drivers that support
aggregation but have no hardware queues -- those drivers will now
not be handed packets while the aggregation session is being
established, but only after it has been fully established.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b1720231ca07dee3382980f3b25e6581bd2e54e9 |
|
23-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: unify and fix TX aggregation start
When TX aggregation becomes operational, we do a number of steps:
1) print a debug message
2) wake the virtual queue
3) notify the driver
Unfortunately, 1) and 3) are only done if the driver is first to
reply to the aggregation request, it is, however, possible that the
remote station replies before the driver! Thus, unify the code for
this and call the new function ieee80211_agg_tx_operational in both
places where TX aggregation can become operational.
Additionally, rename the driver notification from
IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_RESUME to IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2b874e83c970b45c328ab12239b066a43505454c |
|
23-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rate control status only for controlled packets
This patch changes mac80211 to not notify the rate control algorithm's
tx_status() method when reporting status for a packet that didn't go
through the rate control algorithm's get_rate() method.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 04de83815993714a7ba2618f637fa1092a5f664b |
|
22-Mar-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: add beacon filtering support
Add IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING flag so that driver inform that it supports
beacon filtering. Drivers need to call the new function
ieee80211_beacon_loss() to notify about beacon loss.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9050bdd8589c373e01e41ddbd9a192de2ff01ef0 |
|
22-Mar-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: disable power save when scanning
When software scanning we need to disable power save so that all possible
probe responses and beacons are received. For hardware scanning assume that
hardware will take care of that and document that assumption.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b3a902850a8f5bc11a660051faae707f928d4bd6 |
|
18-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: kill IEEE80211_CONF_SHORT_SLOT_TIME
No drivers use it any more, so it can now be removed safely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 51b381479ff5bc9b8c49ce15fd8bc35c6b695ca4 |
|
12-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: reduce max number of queues
No hw/driver actually supports more than four queues right now,
and we allocate a number of things per queue which means we
waste a bit of memory. Reduce the maximum number to four to
accurately reflect what we do (and need for QoS). Even if we
had hardware supporting more queues we couldn't take advantage
of that right now anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 176be728ee7d32cfd33702d82c0733e51f66ab5b |
|
12-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_num_regular_queues
This inline is useless and actually makes the code _longer_
rather than shorter.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 80e775bf08f1915870fbb0c1c7a45a3fdc291721 |
|
20-Feb-2009 |
Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> |
mac80211: Add software scan notifiers
This adds optional notifier functions for software scan.
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 81cb7623ad3b408f871fa36b774fc20d8dfccac0 |
|
12-Feb-2009 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Extend the rate control API with an update callback
The AP can switch dynamically between 20/40 Mhz channel width,
in which case we switch the local operating channel, but the
rate control algorithm is not notified. This patch adds a new callback
to indicate such changes to the RC algorithm.
Currently, HT channel width change is notified, but this callback
can be used to indicate any new requirements that might come up later on.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 96f5e66e8a79810e2982cdcfa28e554f3d97da21 |
|
12-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix aggregation for hardware with ampdu queues
Hardware with AMPDU queues currently has broken aggregation.
This patch fixes it by making all A-MPDUs go over the regular AC queues,
but keeping track of the hardware queues in mac80211. As a first rough
version, it actually stops the AC queue for extended periods of time,
which can be removed by adding buffering internal to mac80211, but is
currently not a huge problem because people rarely use multiple TIDs
that are in the same AC (and iwlwifi currently doesn't operate as AP).
This is a short-term fix, my current medium-term plan, which I hope to
execute soon as well, but am not sure can finish before .30, looks like
this:
1) rework the internal queuing layer in mac80211 that we use for
fragments if the driver stopped queue in the middle of a fragmented
frame to be able to queue more frames at once (rather than just a
single frame with its fragments)
2) instead of stopping the entire AC queue, queue up the frames in a
per-station/per-TID queue during aggregation session initiation,
when the session has come up take all those frames and put them
onto the queue from 1)
3) push the ampdu queue layer abstraction this patch introduces in
mac80211 into the driver, and remove the virtual queue stuff from
mac80211 again
This plan will probably also affect ath9k in that mac80211 queues the
frames instead of passing them down, even when there are no ampdu queues.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2a5193119269062608582418deba7af82844159a |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211/nl80211: scanning (and mac80211 update to use it)
This patch adds basic scan capability to cfg80211/nl80211 and
changes mac80211 to use it. The BSS list that cfg80211 maintains
is made driver-accessible with a private area in each BSS struct,
but mac80211 doesn't yet use it. That's another large project.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7b08b3b4a973de20d28d8a322c002c0a5444002a |
|
05-Feb-2009 |
Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net> |
mac80211: Remove TSF atomic requirement from the documentation
The atomic requirement for the TSF callbacks
is outdated. get_tsf() is only called by
ieee80211_rx_bss_info() which is indirectly
called by the work queue ieee80211_sta_work().
In the same context are called several other
non-atomic functions, too.
And the atomic requirement causes problems
for drivers of USB wifi cards.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7fee5372d814c4be9546e5c28ac0058258d8df3e |
|
30-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove HW_SIGNAL_DB
Giving the signal in dB isn't much more useful to userspace
than giving the signal in unspecified units. This removes
some radiotap information for zd1211 (the only driver using
this flag), but it helps a lot for getting cfg80211-based
scanning which won't support dB, and zd1211 being dB is a
little fishy anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3b5d665b51cda73ef1a774b515afd879a38e3674 |
|
24-Jan-2009 |
Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net> |
mac80211: Generic TSF debugging
This patch enables low-level driver independent debugging of the TSF and remove the driver specific things of ath5k and ath9k from the debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c771c9d8da1e8292ef8bf7fd4ce135dacc650130 |
|
23-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add interface list lock
Using only the RTNL has a number of problems, most notably that
ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces() and other interface list
traversals cannot be done from the internal workqueue because it
needs to be flushed under the RTNL.
This patch introduces a new mutex that protects the interface list
against modifications. A more detailed explanation is part of the
code change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9a95371aa26e3cb9fb1340362912000088ff3c3e |
|
23-Jan-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: allow mac80211 drivers to get to struct ieee80211_hw from wiphy
If a driver is given a wiphy and it wants to get to its private
mac80211 driver area it can use wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw() to get first
to its ieee80211_hw and then access the private structure via hw->priv. The
wiphy_priv() is already being used internally by mac80211 and drivers
should not use this. This can be helpful in a drivers reg_notifier().
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 078e1e60dd6c6b0d4bc8d58ccb80c008e8efc9ff |
|
22-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: Add capability to enable/disable beaconing
This patch adds a flag to notify drivers to start and stop
beaconing when needed, for example, during a scan run. Based
on Sujith's first patch to do the same, but now disables
beaconing for all virtual interfaces while scanning, has a
separate change flag and tracks user-space requests.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2134e7e724798cf8d54ae822afe235abb607d9b2 |
|
22-Jan-2009 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Add documentation bits for mac80211_rate_control_flags
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 881d948c23442173a011f1adcfe4c95bf7f27515 |
|
21-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
wireless: restrict to 32 legacy rates
Since the standards only define 12 legacy rates, 32 is certainly
a sane upper limit and we don't need to use u64 everywhere. Add
sanity checking that no more than 32 rates are registered and
change the variables to u32 throughout.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5f936f11613c32ca7f8ed5fa333bb38a4501deeb |
|
21-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: constify ieee80211_if_conf.bssid
Then one place can be a static const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6dd1bf3118b62a3ce241dc2b7e05e3d4a28c9eb1 |
|
09-Jan-2009 |
Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> |
mac80211: document return codes from ops callbacks
For any callbacks in ieee80211_ops, specify what values the return
codes represent. While at it, fix a couple of capitalization and
punctuation differences.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4375d08350e3661d5e8860d33eea084e47ba01cf |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: 802.11w - Add driver capability flag for MFP
This allows user space to determine whether a driver supports MFP and
behave properly without having to ask user to configure this in
MFP-optional mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1f7d77ab69789980dad44e1af7afd3a68cd48276 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: 802.11w - Optional software CCMP for management frames
If driver/firmware/hardware does not support CCMP for management
frames, it can now request mac80211 to take care of encrypting and
decrypting management frames (when MFP is enabled) in software. The
will need to add this new IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT flag when a CCMP
key is being configured for TX side and return the undecrypted frames
on RX side without RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED flag to use software CCMP for
management frames (but hardware for data frames).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3cfcf6ac6d69dc290e96416731eea5c88ac7d426 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: 802.11w - Use BIP (AES-128-CMAC)
Add mechanism for managing BIP keys (IGTK) and integrate BIP into the
TX/RX paths.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4be8c3873e0b88397866d3ede578503e188f9ad2 |
|
07-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: extend/document powersave API
This modifies hardware flags for powersave to support three different
flags:
* IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS - indicates general PS support
* IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK - indicates nullfunc sending in software
* IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS - indicates dynamic PS on the device
It also adds documentation for all this which explains how to set the
various flags.
Additionally, it fixes a few things:
* a spot where && was used to test flags
* enable CONF_PS only when associated again
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 46f2c4bd7e2ba2cfedbcd4fe15d316eebc608cba |
|
06-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move dynamic PS timeout to hardware config
This will be needed for drivers that set the
IEEE80211_HW_NO_STACK_DYNAMIC_PS flag and still
want to handle dynamic PS.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4797938c5dfa22af30fd16679192972f878419a1 |
|
07-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up channel type config
The channel_type really doesn't need to be the only member in
a new structure, so remove the struct. Additionally, remove
the _CONF_CHANGE_HT flag and use _CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL when the
channel type changes, since that's enough of a change to require
reprogramming the hardware anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2bf30fabadbdcb535b057afc92aba015884847dc |
|
06-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove user_power_level from driver API
I missed this during review of "mac80211: Fix tx power setting",
the user_power_level shouldn't be available to the driver but
rather be an internal value used to calculate the value for the
driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| dc822b5db479dc0178d5c04cbb656dad0b6564fb |
|
29-Dec-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up set_key callback
The set_key callback now seems rather odd, passing a MAC address
instead of a station struct, and a local address instead of a
vif struct. Change that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> [ath5k]
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> [rt2x00]
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> [p54]
Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> [iwl3945]
Tested-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org> [iwl3945]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e3c92df08cbf6a0cb60a9c7ce377378383967e07 |
|
24-Dec-2008 |
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Fix tx power setting
power_level in ieee80211_conf is being used for more than one
purpose. It being used as user configured power limit and the
final power limit given to the driver. By doing so, except very
first time, the tx power limit is taken from min(chan->max_power,
local->hw.conf.power_level) which is not what we want. This patch
defines a new memeber in ieee80211_conf which is meant only for
user configured power limit.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 285256a59d790c6a9afe8ec82804a369d956ac06 |
|
24-Dec-2008 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: no need for ht.enabled
We can simply use conf_is_ht() check where needed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 10c806b32db1c9f010945e92043ef2a3f6fffc3f |
|
24-Dec-2008 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: add HT conf helpers
In HT capable drivers you often need to check if you
are currently using HT20 or HT40. This adds a few small
helpers to let drivers figure that out.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b6b50a21625bbf59a89b807dd0fc1eb5412aeff3 |
|
10-Jan-2009 |
Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> |
mac80211: more kernel-doc fixes
Fix (delete) more mac80211 kernel-doc:
Warning(linux-2.6.28-git13//include/net/mac80211.h:375): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'retry_count' description in 'ieee80211_tx_info'
Warning(linux-2.6.28-git13//net/mac80211/sta_info.h:308): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'last_txrate' description in 'sta_info'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 520eb82076993b7f55ef9b80771d264272e5127b |
|
18-Dec-2008 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: implement dynamic power save
This patch implements dynamic power save for mac80211. Basically it
means enabling power save mode after an idle period. Implementing it
dynamically gives a good compromise of low power consumption and low
latency. Some hardware have support for this in firmware, but some
require the host to do it.
The dynamic power save is implemented by adding an timeout to
ieee80211_subif_start_xmit(). The timeout can be enabled from userspace
with Wireless Extensions. For example, the command below enables the
dynamic power save and sets the time timeout to 500 ms:
iwconfig wlan0 power timeout 500m
Power save now only works with devices which handle power save in firmware.
It's also disabled by default and the heuristics when and how to enable is
considered as a policy decision and will be left for the userspace to handle.
In case the firmware has support for this, drivers can disable this feature
with IEEE80211_HW_NO_STACK_DYNAMIC_PS.
Big thanks to Johannes Berg for the help with the design and code.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0fb8ca45eb164c405eef8978f26829f9348b4d4d |
|
12-Dec-2008 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Add HT rates into RX status reporting
This patch adds option for HT-enabled drivers to report HT rates
(HT20/HT40, short GI, MCS index) to mac80211. These rates are
currently not in the rate table, so the rate_idx is used to indicate
MCS index.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 094d05dc32fc2930e381189a942016e5561775d9 |
|
12-Dec-2008 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Fix HT channel selection
HT management is done differently for AP and STA modes, unify
to just the ->config() callback since HT is fundamentally a
PHY property and cannot be per-BSS.
Rename enum nl80211_sec_chan_offset as nl80211_channel_type to denote
the channel type ( NO_HT, HT20, HT40+, HT40- ).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 89fad578a61810b7fdf8edd294890f3c0cde4390 |
|
09-Dec-2008 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> |
mac80211: integrate sta_notify_ps cmds into sta_notify
This patch replaces the newly introduced sta_notify_ps function,
which can be used to notify the driver about every power state
transition for all associated stations, by integrating its functionality
back into the original sta_notify callback.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f546638c3f809fdacddc03fe765669c3042e0d9d |
|
09-Dec-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove fragmentation offload functionality
There's no driver that actually does fragmentation on the
device, and the callback is buggy (when it returns an error,
mac80211's fragmentation status is changed so reading the
frag threshold from userspace reads the new value despite
the error). Let's just remove it, if we really find some
hardware supporting it we can add it back later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7ba1c04ed727a70df2dc63464232c0ec906ad67d |
|
08-Dec-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: improve sta_notify documentation
Mention more possible STA entries and document the atomic requirement.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8bef7a10014c4579c66579ab47fc1bb9563ac42a |
|
30-Nov-2008 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: document ieee80211_tx_info.pad
Fixes htmldocs warning:
Warning(mac80211.h:379): No description found for parameter 'pad[2]'
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4571d3bf87b76eae875283ff9f7243984b5ddcae |
|
30-Nov-2008 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> |
mac80211: add sta_notify_ps callback
This patch is necessary in order to provide a proper Access point support for p54.
Unfortunately for us, there is no documented way to disable the interfering
power save buffering mechanism in firmware completely.
Therefore we give in and notify the driver through our new sta_notify_ps callback,
so that we can update the filter state.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 72bdcf34380917260da41e3c49e10edee04bc5cd |
|
26-Nov-2008 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
nl80211: Add frequency configuration (including HT40)
This patch adds new NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY attributes
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SEC_CHAN_OFFSET to allow
userspace to set the operating channel (e.g., hostapd for AP mode).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 627271018df75c8861b9e75b39d5995842e6ec95 |
|
12-Nov-2008 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: add explicit padding in struct ieee80211_tx_info
Otherwise, the BUILD_BUG_ON calls in ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status can
fail on some architectures.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0ed94eaaed618634f68197161203aac9f849471e |
|
08-Nov-2008 |
Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> |
mac80211: remove more excess kernel-doc
Delete kernel-doc struct descriptions for fields that don't exist:
Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:1263): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'conf_ht' description in 'ieee80211_ops'
Warning(net/mac80211/sta_info.h:309): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'addr' description in 'sta_info'
Warning(net/mac80211/sta_info.h:309): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'aid' description in 'sta_info'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4821277f36e008b531728e359fbbedb229117f4b |
|
03-Nov-2008 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix BUILD_BUG_ON() caused by misalignment on arm
On ARM alignment is done slightly different from other architectures.
struct ieee80211_tx_rate is aligned to word size, even though it only has 3
single-byte members, which triggers the BUILD_BUG_ON in
ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status
This patch marks the struct ieee80211_tx_rate as packed, so that ARM
behaves like the other architectures.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8e3bad65a59915f2ddc40f62a180ad81695d8440 |
|
17-Nov-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_notify_mac
Before ieee80211_notify_mac() was added, it was presented with the
use case of using it to tell mac80211 that the association may
have been lost because the firmware crashed/reset.
Since then, it has also been used by iwlwifi to (slightly) speed
up re-association after resume, a workaround around the fact that
mac80211 has no suspend/resume handling yet. It is also not used
by any other drivers, so clearly it cannot be necessary for "good
enough" suspend/resume.
Unfortunately, the callback suffers from a severe problem: It only
works for station mode. If suspend/resume happens while in IBSS or
any other mode (but station), then the callback is pointless.
Recently, it has created a number of locking issues, first because
it required rtnl locking rather than RCU due to calling sleeping
functions within the critical section, and now because it's called
by iwlwifi from the mac80211 workqueue that may not use the rtnl
because it is flushed under rtnl.
(cf. http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12046)
I think, therefore, that we should take a step back, remove it
entirely for now and add the small feature it provided properly.
For suspend and resume we will need to introduce new hooks, and for
the case where the firmware was reset the driver will probably
simply just pretend it has done a suspend/resume cycle to get
mac80211 to reprogram the hardware completely, not just try to
connect to the current AP again in station mode. When doing so, we
will need to take into account locking issues and possibly defer
to schedule_work from within mac80211 for the resume operation,
while the suspend operation must be done directly.
Proper suspend/resume should also not necessarily try to reconnect
to the current AP, the time spent in suspend may have been short
enough to not be disconnected from the AP, mac80211 will detect
that the AP went out of range quickly if it did, and if the
association is lost then the AP will disassoc as soon as a data
frame is sent. We might also take into account WWOL then, and
have mac80211 program the hardware into such a mode where it is
available and requested.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8469cdef1f123e2e3e56645f1ac26c7cfb333d9c |
|
29-Oct-2008 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Add a new event in ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action
Send a notification to the driver on succesful
reception of an ADDBA response, add IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_RESUME
for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 41bb73eeac5ff5fb217257ba33b654747b3abf11 |
|
29-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove SSID driver code
Remove the SSID from the driver API since now there is no
driver that requires knowing the SSID and I think it's
unlikely that any hardware design that does require the
SSID will play well with mac80211.
This also removes support for setting the SSID in master
mode which will require a patch to hostapd to not try.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e25cf4a6945e0f859186231be7164ba565412e0a |
|
23-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix two kernel-doc warnings
One parameter wasn't described and one I forgot to update when
renaming it; also update TBDs in sta_info.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8b30b1fe368ab03049435884c11c5c50e4c4ef0b |
|
24-Oct-2008 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Re-enable aggregation
Wireless HW without any dedicated queues for aggregation
do not need the ampdu_queues mechanism present right now
in mac80211. Since mac80211 is still incomplete wrt TX MQ
changes, do not allow aggregation sessions for drivers that
set ampdu_queues.
This is only an interim hack until Intel fixes the requeue issue.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis Rodriguez <Luis.Rodriguez@Atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e37d4dffdffb7f834bd28d4ae8e3dcdf07fce508 |
|
21-Oct-2008 |
Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> |
mac80211: fix a few typos in mac80211 kernel doc
Correct a handful of errors found while reading the mac80211 book.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 50fb2e4572141770380f5919793c6e575fa3474b |
|
16-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove rate_control_clear
"Clearing" the rate control algorithm is pointless, none of
the algorithms actually uses this operation and it's not even
invoked properly for all channel switching. Also, there's no
need to since rate control algorithms work per station.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e6a9854b05c1a6af1308fe2b8c68f35abf28a3ee |
|
21-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API
So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how
convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for
everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now
taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control,
most drivers don't support that though.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ae5eb02641233a4e9d1b92d22090f1b1afa14466 |
|
14-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rewrite HT handling
The HT handling has the following deficiencies, which I've
(partially) fixed:
* it always uses the AP info even if there is no AP,
hence has no chance of working as an AP
* it pretends to be HW config, but really is per-BSS
* channel sanity checking is left to the drivers
* it generally lets the driver control too much
HT enabling is still wrong with this patch if you have more than
one virtual STA mode interface, but that never happens currently.
Once WDS, IBSS or AP/VLAN gets HT capabilities, it will also be
wrong, see the comment in ieee80211_enable_ht().
Additionally, this fixes a number of bugs:
* mac80211: ieee80211_set_disassoc doesn't notify the driver any
more since the refactoring
* iwl-agn-rs: always uses the HT capabilities from the wrong stuff
mac80211 gives it rather than the actual peer STA
* ath9k: a number of bugs resulting from the broken HT API
I'm not entirely happy with putting the HT capabilities into
struct ieee80211_sta as restricted to our own HT TX capabilities,
but I see no cleaner solution for now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| bda3933a8aceedd03e0dd410844bd310033ca756 |
|
11-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move bss_conf into vif
Move bss_conf into the vif struct so that drivers can
access it during ->tx without having to store it in
the private data or similar. No driver updates because
this is only for when they want to start using it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9124b07740c51cbc6e358dd0c4abc6ee8ded084d |
|
14-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make retry limits part of hw config
Instead of having a separate callback, use the HW config callback
with a new flag to change retry limits.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e8975581f63870be42ff4662b293d1b0c8c21350 |
|
09-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: introduce hw config change flags
This makes mac80211 notify the driver which configuration
actually changed, e.g. channel etc.
No driver changes, this is just plumbing, driver authors are
expected to act on this if they want to.
Also remove the HW CONFIG debug printk, it's incorrect, often
we configure something else.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0f4ac38b5999c3d51adad52d61c56c1b99c247ec |
|
09-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: kill hw.conf.antenna_sel_{rx,tx}
Never actually used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d9fe60dea7779d412b34679f1177c5ca1940ea8d |
|
09-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
802.11: clean up/fix HT support
This patch cleans up a number of things:
* the unusable definition of the HT capabilities/HT information
information elements
* variable names that are hard to understand
* mac80211: move ieee80211_handle_ht to ht.c and remove the unused
enable_ht parameter
* mac80211: fix bug with MCS rate 32 in ieee80211_handle_ht
* mac80211: fix bug with casting the result of ieee80211_bss_get_ie
to an information element _contents_ rather than the
whole element, add size checking (another out-of-bounds
access bug fixed!)
* mac80211: remove some unused return values in favour of BUG_ON
checking
* a few minor other things
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7a5158ef8da70fdedeb0530faaa8128aa645be3c |
|
08-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix short slot handling
This patch makes mac80211 handle short slot requests from the AP
properly. Also warn about uses of IEEE80211_CONF_SHORT_SLOT_TIME
and optimise out the code since it cannot ever be hit anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e87a2feea75e3cba7af43ed9317b56b282d87742 |
|
07-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove max_antenna_gain config
The antenna gain isn't exactly configurable, despite the belief of
some unnamed individual who thinks that the EEPROM might influence
it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3db594380b8452eda4d88b12844077809607caaa |
|
07-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove wiphy_to_hw
This isn't used by anyone, if we ever need it we can add
it back, until then it's useless.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ea2d8b59bc7b770fde03de2bb9b3ee46e8bdc8d5 |
|
27-Oct-2008 |
Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> |
mac80211.h: fix kernel-doc excesses
Fix mac80211.h kernel-doc: it had some extra parameters that were
no longer valid and incorrect format for a return value in 2 places.
Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1487): Excess function parameter or struct member 'control' description in 'ieee80211_beacon_get'
Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1596): Excess function parameter or struct member 'control' description in 'ieee80211_get_buffered_bc'
Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1632): Excess function parameter or struct member 'rc4key' description in 'ieee80211_get_tkip_key'
Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1735): Excess function parameter or struct member 'return' description in 'ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session'
Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1775): Excess function parameter or struct member 'return' description in 'ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e1a65b5828edfddb29c6fb4eb556fa503295146b |
|
13-Oct-2008 |
Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> |
mac80211: fixme for kernel-doc
Fix kernel-doc warnings in mac80211.h.
Fields need real explanations added to them.
Warning(lin2627-g3-kdocfixes//include/net/mac80211.h:659): No description found for parameter 'icv_len'
Warning(lin2627-g3-kdocfixes//include/net/mac80211.h:659): No description found for parameter 'iv_len'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 870abdf67170daa9f1022e55a35c469239fcc74c |
|
05-Oct-2008 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add multi-rate retry support
This patch adjusts the rate control API to allow multi-rate retry
if supported by the driver. The ieee80211_hw struct specifies how
many alternate rate selections the driver supports.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 76708dee382a69b2f9d0e50f413f99fefb2dc509 |
|
05-Oct-2008 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: free up 2 bytes in skb->cb
Free up 2 bytes in skb->cb to be used for multi-rate retry later.
Move iv_len and icv_len initialization into key alloc.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4b7679a561e552eeda1e3567119bef2bca99b66e |
|
18-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up rate control API
Long awaited, hard work. This patch totally cleans up the rate control
API to remove the requirement to include internal headers outside of
net/mac80211/.
There's one internal use in the PID algorithm left for mesh networking,
we'll have to figure out a way to clean that one up and decide how to
do the peer link evaluation, possibly independent of the rate control
algorithm or via new API.
Additionally, ath9k is left using the cross-inclusion hack for now, we
will add new API where necessary to make this work properly, but right
now I'm not expert enough to do it. It's still off better than before.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 25d834e16294c8dfd923dae6bdb8a055391a99a5 |
|
12-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix virtual interfaces vs. injection
Currently, virtual interface pointers passed to drivers might be
from monitor interfaces and as such completely uninitialised
because we do not tell the driver about monitor interfaces when
those are created. Instead of passing them, we should therefore
indicate to the driver that there is no information; do that by
passing a NULL value and adjust drivers to cope with it.
As a result, some mac80211 API functions also need to cope with
a NULL vif pointer so drivers can still call them unconditionally.
Also, when injecting frames we really don't want to pass NULL all
the time, if we know we are the source address of a frame and have
a local interface for that address, we can to use that interface.
This also helps with processing the frame correctly for that
interface which will help the 802.11w implementation. It's not
entirely correct for VLANs or WDS interfaces because there the MAC
address isn't unique, but it's already a lot better than what we
do now.
Finally, when injecting without a matching local interface, don't
assign sequence numbers at all.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 687c7c0807371aeaa94ff2fff511eeb326b5c5de |
|
11-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: share sta_info->ht_info
Rate control algorithms may need access to a station's
HT capabilities, so share the ht_info struct in the
public station API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 323ce79a9cdbf838ea577677b1ddace8e0b4d4c6 |
|
11-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: share sta->supp_rates
As more preparation for a saner rate control algorithm API,
share the supported rates bitmap in the public API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 17741cdc264e4d768167766a252210e201c1519a |
|
11-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: share STA information with driver
This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about
stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when
they get around to updating, and might also help with
implementing rate control algorithms without internals.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 05c914fe330fa8e1cc67870dc0d3809dfd96c107 |
|
11-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: use nl80211 interface types
There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its
own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and
simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need
to translate them any more now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 96dd22ac06b0dbfb069fdf530c72046a941e9694 |
|
11-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: inform driver of basic rateset
Drivers need to know the basic rateset to be able to configure
the ACK/CTS programming in hardware correctly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5bc75728fd43bb15b46f16ef465bcf9d487393cf |
|
11-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix scan vs. interface removal race
When we remove an interface, we can currently end up having
a pointer to it left in local->scan_sdata after it has been
set down, and then with a hardware scan the scan completion
can try to access it which is a bug. Alternatively, a scan
that started as a hardware scan may terminate as though it
was a software scan, if the timing is just right.
On SMP systems, software scan also has a similar problem,
just canceling the delayed work and setting a flag isn't
enough since it may be running concurrently; in this case
we would also never restore state of other interfaces.
This patch hopefully fixes the problems by always invoking
ieee80211_scan_completed or requiring it to be invoked by
the driver, I suspect the drivers that have ->hw_scan() are
buggy. The bug will not manifest itself unless you remove
the interface while hw-scanning which will also turn off
the hw, and then add a new interface which will be unusable
until you scan once.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b2e1b30290539b344cbaff0d9da38012e03aa347 |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
cfg80211: Add new wireless regulatory infrastructure
This adds the new wireless regulatory infrastructure. The
main motiviation behind this was to centralize regulatory
code as each driver was implementing their own regulatory solution,
and to replace the initial centralized code we have where:
* only 3 regulatory domains are supported: US, JP and EU
* regulatory domains can only be changed through module parameter
* all rules were built statically in the kernel
We now have support for regulatory domains for many countries
and regulatory domains are now queried through a userspace agent
through udev allowing distributions to update regulatory rules
without updating the kernel.
Each driver can regulatory_hint() a regulatory domain
based on either their EEPROM mapped regulatory domain value to a
respective ISO/IEC 3166-1 country code or pass an internally built
regulatory domain. We also add support to let the user set the
regulatory domain through userspace in case of faulty EEPROMs to
further help compliance.
Support for world roaming will be added soon for cards capable of
this.
For more information see:
http://wireless.kernel.org/en/developers/Regulatory/CRDA
For now we leave an option to enable the old module parameter,
ieee80211_regdom, and to build the 3 old regdomains statically
(US, JP and EU). This option is CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY.
These old static definitions and the module parameter is being
scheduled for removal for 2.6.29. Note that if you use this
you won't make use of a world regulatory domain as its pointless.
If you leave this option enabled and if CRDA is present and you
use US or JP we will try to ask CRDA to update us a regulatory
domain for us.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| fe3fa827314b877486c515a001c3e6f604f6f16f |
|
08-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make conf_tx non-atomic
The conf_tx callback currently needs to be atomic, this requirement
is just because it can be called from scanning. This rearranges it
slightly to only update while not scanning (which is fine, we'll be
getting beacons when associated) and thus removes the atomic
requirement.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9f1ba9062e032fb7b395cd27fc564754fe4e9867 |
|
07-Aug-2008 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211/cfg80211: Add BSS configuration options for AP mode
This change adds a new cfg80211 command, NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, to allow
AP mode BSS parameters to be changed from user space (e.g., hostapd).
The drivers using mac80211 are expected to be modified with separate
changes to use the new BSS info parameter for short slot time in the
bss_info_changed() handler.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6b644e524bbd4089a28e0711de4f1cf2daa5db50 |
|
16-Jul-2008 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_get_hdrlen
All users have been moved over to the version taking a le16 frame control
rather than a cpu-endian value.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b4f28bbb9bf0b2c829ecf97ce2173f204fde4f10 |
|
30-Jul-2008 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
mac80211: add rx status flag for short preamble
and use it for the radiotap header
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 92ab85354993ac3a364c65cab45745af470ffc67 |
|
24-Jul-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_queue_stopped)
This patch adds ieee80211_queue_stopped that let drivers to query
queue status
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 546c80c91f8d847477ee8354aad26f116048169d |
|
14-Aug-2008 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: remove kdoc references to IEEE80211_HW_HOST_GEN_BEACON_TEMPLATE
IEEE80211_HW_HOST_GEN_BEACON_TEMPLATE was made unnecessary in
the recent revamp on beacon configuration.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ea95bba41e69c616bb1512cf59d22f33266b8568 |
|
18-Jul-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: make listen_interval be limited by low level driver
This patch makes possible for a driver to specify maximal listen interval
The possibility for user to configure listen interval is not implemented
yet, currently the maximum provided by the driver or 1 is used.
Mac80211 uses config handler to set listen interval for to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 98f7dfd86cbbd377e2cbc293529681b914296f68 |
|
18-Jul-2008 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: pass dtim_period to low level driver
This patch adds the dtim_period in ieee80211_bss_conf, this allows the low
level driver to know the dtim_period, and to plan power save accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d0f09804144fd9471a13cf4d80e66842c7fa114f |
|
29-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: partially fix skb->cb use
This patch fixes mac80211 to not use the skb->cb over the queue step
from virtual interfaces to the master. The patch also, for now,
disables aggregation because that would still require requeuing,
will fix that in a separate patch. There are two other places (software
requeue and powersaving stations) where requeue can happen, but that is
not currently used by any drivers/not possible to use respectively.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 605a0bd66d9d55e9ba46da1a9e5140c68bdf6d85 |
|
15-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove IEEE80211_HW_HOST_GEN_BEACON_TEMPLATE flag
I forgot this in the previous patch that made it unused.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 51cb6db0f5654f08a4a6bfa3888dc36a51c2df3e |
|
15-Jul-2008 |
David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> |
mac80211: Reimplement WME using ->select_queue().
The only behavior change is that we do not drop packets under any
circumstances. If that is absolutely needed, we could easily add it
back.
With cleanups and help from Johannes Berg.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| f434b2d111d9ff84ebdd0f11a7ae42c761453259 |
|
10-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params
Multiple issues:
- there are no "default" values needed
- cw_min/cw_max can be larger than documented
- restructure to decrease size
- use get_unaligned_le16
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f591fa5dbbbeaebd95c9c019b3a536a327fb79de |
|
10-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix TX sequence numbers
This patch makes mac80211 assign proper sequence numbers to
QoS-data frames. It also removes the old sequence number code
because we noticed that only the driver or hardware can assign
sequence numbers to non-QoS-data and especially management
frames in a race-free manner because beacons aren't passed
through mac80211's TX path.
This patch also adds temporary code to the rt2x00 drivers to
not break them completely, that code will have to be reworked
for proper sequence numbers on beacons.
It also moves sequence number assignment down in the TX path
so no sequence numbers are assigned to frames that are dropped.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9d139c810a2aa17365cc548d0cd2a189d8433c65 |
|
09-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: revamp beacon configuration
This patch changes mac80211's beacon configuration handling
to never pass skbs to the driver directly but rather always
require the driver to use ieee80211_beacon_get(). Additionally,
it introduces "change flags" on the config_interface() call
to enable drivers to figure out what is changing. Finally, it
removes the beacon_update() driver callback in favour of
having IBSS beacon delivered by ieee80211_beacon_get() as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 49292d56352a6ab90d04c3448dd8b6106dfef2d6 |
|
04-Jul-2008 |
Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org> |
mac80211: power management wext hooks
This patch implements the power management routines wireless extensions
for mac80211.
For now we only support switching PS mode between on and off.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@openedhand.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6ef307bc561911c8cdda98ef3896b5982b602a43 |
|
03-Jul-2008 |
Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> |
mac80211: fix lots of kernel-doc
Fix more than 50 kernel-doc warnings in ieee80211/mac80211 kernel-doc notation.
Fix a few typos also.
Note: Some fields are marked as TBD and need to have their description
corrected.
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 429a380571a6e6b8525b93161544eafc9b227e44 |
|
01-Jul-2008 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: add block ack request capability
This patch adds block ack request capability
Signed-off-by: Ester Kummer <ester.kummer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 06ff47bc9595848b818ac79e7d8069337c6e58b1 |
|
18-Jun-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: add spectrum capabilities
This patch add spectrum capability and required information
elements to association request providing AP has requested it and
it is supported by the driver
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 23976efedd5ecb420b87455787c537eb4aed1981 |
|
28-Jun-2008 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't accept WEP keys other than WEP40 and WEP104
This patch makes mac80211 refuse a WEP key whose length is not WEP40 nor
WEP104.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 428da76523e4a9c08bdfadc25a05b520f19b9133 |
|
24-Jun-2008 |
Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Add RTNL warning for workqueue
The workqueue provided by mac80211 should not be used for
scheduled tasks that acquire the RTNL lock. This could be done
when the driver uses the function ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces()
within the scheduled work. Such behavior will end in locking
dependencies problems when an interface is being removed.
This patch will add a notification about the RTNL locking and
the mac80211 workqueue to prevent driver developers from
blindly using it.
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ffd7891dc909b3648e87f7cf8f84a6dc12fc1cc6 |
|
21-Jun-2008 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Let drivers have access to TKIP key offets for TX and RX MIC
Some drivers may want to to use the TKIP key offsets for TX and RX
MIC so lets move this out. Lets also clear up a bit how this is used
internally in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6693be7124cb8e4f15f0d80ed6e3e50678771737 |
|
11-Jun-2008 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
mac80211: add utility function to get header length
Take a __le16 directly rather than a host-endian value.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c9c6950c14ffc0e30e592fec1ebcb203ad3dff10 |
|
11-Jun-2008 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
mac80211: make ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb return unsigned
Many callers already expect it to.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e2530083609148a7835b54c431f6b8956407c1f6 |
|
17-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: use multi-queue master netdevice
This patch updates mac80211 and drivers to be multi-queue aware and
use that instead of the internal queue mapping. Also does a number
of cleanups in various pieces of the code that fall out and reduces
internal mac80211 state size.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| eefce91a384a64c7bbf913eb08c4adfb911c3639 |
|
17-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: dont allow fragmentation and requeuing on A-MPDU queues
There really is no reason for a driver to reject a frame on
an A-MPDU queue when it can stop that queue for any period
of time and is given frames one by one. Hence, disallow it
with a big warning and reduce mac80211-internal state.
Also add a warning when we try to fragment a frame destined
for an A-MPDU queue and drop it, the actual bug needs to be
fixed elsewhere but I'm not exactly sure how to yet.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e039fa4a4195ac4ee895e6f3d1334beed63256fe |
|
15-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb
This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit
information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra
memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit,
a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps
is kept outside of the union.
A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part
of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2e92e6f2c50b4baf85cca968f0e6f1b5c0df7d39 |
|
15-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: use rate index in TX control
This patch modifies struct ieee80211_tx_control to give band
info and the rate index (instead of rate pointers) to drivers.
This mostly serves to reduce the TX control structure size to
make it fit into skb->cb so that the fragmentation code can
put it there and we can think about passing it to drivers that
way in the future.
The rt2x00 driver update was done by Ivo, thanks.
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 36d6825b91bc492b65b6333c369cd96a2fc8c903 |
|
15-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: let drivers wake but not start queues
Having drivers start queues is just confusing, their ->start()
callback can block and do whatever is necessary, so let mac80211
start queues and have drivers wake queues when necessary (to get
packets flowing again right away.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2f561feb386d6adefbad63c59a1fcd298ac6a79c |
|
10-May-2008 |
Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Add RTNL version of ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces
Since commit e38bad4766a110b61fa6038f10be16ced8c6cc38
mac80211: make ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces not need rtnl
rt2500usb and rt73usb broke down due to attempting register access
in atomic context (which is not possible for USB hardware).
This patch restores ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces() to use RTNL lock,
and provides the non-RTNL version under a new name:
ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic()
So far only rt2x00 uses ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(), and those
drivers require the RTNL version of ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces().
Since they already call that function directly, this patch will automatically
fix the USB rt2x00 drivers.
v2: Rename ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 566bfe5a8bcde13188a356f77666f8115813cf31 |
|
08-May-2008 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
mac80211: use hardware flags for signal/noise units
trying to clean up the signal/noise code. the previous code in mac80211 had
confusing names for the related variables, did not have much definition of
what units of signal and noise were provided and used implicit mechanisms from
the wireless extensions.
this patch introduces hardware capability flags to let the hardware specify
clearly if it can provide signal and noise level values and which units it can
provide. this also anticipates possible new units like RCPI in the future.
for signal:
IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC - unspecified, unknown, hw specific
IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB - dB difference to unspecified reference point
IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM - dBm, difference to 1mW
for noise we currently only have dBm:
IEEE80211_HW_NOISE_DBM - dBm, difference to 1mW
if IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB is used the driver has
to provide the maximum value (max_signal) it reports in order for applications
to make sense of the signal values.
i tried my best to find out for each driver what it can provide and update it
but i'm not sure (?) for some of them and used the more conservative guess in
doubt. this can be fixed easily after this patch has been merged by changing
the hardware flags of the driver.
DRIVER SIGNAL MAX NOISE QUAL
-----------------------------------------------------------------
adm8211 unspec(?) 100 n/a missing
at76_usb unspec(?) (?) unused missing
ath5k dBm dBm percent rssi
b43legacy dBm dBm percent jssi(?)
b43 dBm dBm percent jssi(?)
iwl-3945 dBm dBm percent snr+more
iwl-4965 dBm dBm percent snr+more
p54 unspec 127 n/a missing
rt2x00 dBm n/a percent rssi+tx/rx frame success
rt2400 dBm n/a
rt2500pci dBm n/a
rt2500usb dBm n/a
rt61pci dBm n/a
rt73usb dBm n/a
rtl8180 unspec(?) 65 n/a (?)
rtl8187 unspec(?) 65 (?) noise(?)
zd1211 dB(?) 100 n/a percent
drivers/net/wireless/ath5k/base.c: Changes-licensed-under: 3-Clause-BSD
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e100bb64bf7cdeae7f742a65ee1985649a7fd1b4 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: QoS related cleanups
This
* makes the queue number passed to drivers a u16
(as it will be with skb_get_queue_mapping)
* removes the useless queue number defines
* splits hw->queues into hw->queues/ampdu_queues
* removes the debugfs files for per-queue counters
* removes some dead QoS code
* removes the beacon queue configuration for IBSS
so that the drivers now never get a queue number
bigger than (hw->queues + hw->ampdu_queues - 1)
for tx and only in the range 0..hw->queues-1 for
conf_tx.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 36fc6757fe711def63ea3686bf6ed475d714e114 |
|
29-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove queue info from ieee80211_tx_status
The queue info in struct ieee80211_tx_status is never used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 57ffc589a92424f9def74fe0d49b2f7763ff07fd |
|
29-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up get_tx_stats callback
The callback takes a ieee80211_tx_queue_stats with a contained
array of ieee80211_tx_queue_stats_data, remove the former, rename
the latter to ieee80211_tx_queue_stats and make tx_stats() take
the array directly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c6adbd2158fee972adcc6232de5e2ef375f1f782 |
|
17-Apr-2008 |
Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Add IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE
This adds a new flag to the ieee80211_key_conf structure.
This flag will inform the driver the key is pairwise rather then
a shared key.
This is important for drivers who support both types of keys,
and need to be informed which type of key this is. Alternative
would be drivers checking the address argument of set_key(),
but it will be safer when mac80211 is more explicit.
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1c014420583564ac09e3b67006f2e7050861e66b |
|
17-Apr-2008 |
Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Replace ieee80211_tx_control->key_idx with ieee80211_key_conf
The hw_key_idx inside the ieee80211_key_conf structure does
not provide all the information drivers might need to perform
hardware encryption.
This is in particular true for rt2x00 who needs to know the
key algorithm and whether it is a shared or pairwise key.
By passing the ieee80211_key_conf pointer it assures us that
drivers can make full use of all information that it should know
about a particular key.
Additionally this patch updates all drivers to grab the hw_key_idx from
the ieee80211_key_conf structure.
v2: Removed bogus u16 cast
v3: Add warning about ieee80211_tx_control pointers
v4: Update warning about ieee80211_tx_control pointers
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d18ef29f34eb33099d387a327abe139f3915a829 |
|
10-Apr-2008 |
Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> |
mac80211: no BSS changes to driver from beacons processed during scanning
There is no need to send BSS changes to driver from beacons processed
during scanning. We are more interested in beacons from an AP with which
we are associated - these will still be used to send updates to driver as
the beacons are received without scanning.
This change·removes the requirement that bss_info_changed needs to be atomic.
The beacons received during scanning are processed from a tasklet, but if we
do not call bss_info_changed for these beacons there is no need for it to be
atomic. This function (bss_info_changed) is called either from workqueue or
ioctl in all other instances.
Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Acked-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 84363e6e07f17f8cc580065260907ee3f0520485 |
|
05-Apr-2008 |
Mohamed Abbas <mabbas@linux.intel.com> |
mac80211: notify mac from low level driver (iwlwifi)
Add new API to MAC80211 to allow low level driver to
notify MAC with driver status.
Signed-off-by: Mohamed Abbas <mabbas@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| fff7710937f755099209357e5b5740d42a2c9f97 |
|
01-Apr-2008 |
Chr <chunkeey@web.de> |
mac80211: add station aid into ieee80211_tx_control
This patch is necessary for the upcoming Accesspoint patch for p54.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 21c0cbe760ca6b5d4c6927c3ec1352a843a8c11c |
|
29-Mar-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: add association capabilty and timing info into bss_conf
This patch adds assocation capability, timestamp (tsf) and beacon interval
to bss_conf. This is required for successful assocation of iwlwifi drivers
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 38668c059f5202f5fd9612391f9aa1b38a97241b |
|
29-Mar-2008 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
mac80211: eliminate conf_ht
This patch eliminates the use of conf_ht, replacing it with
bss_info_changed.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9ae4fda332df616ef47d5bb710c39681641d4303 |
|
20-Mar-2008 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: allows driver to request a Phase 1 RX key
This patch makes mac80211 able to send a phase1 key for TKIP
decryption.
This is needed for drivers that don't do the rekeying by themselves
(i.e. iwlwifi). Upon IV16 wrap around, the packet is decrypted in SW,
if decryption is ok, mac80211 calls to update_tkip_key with a new
phase 1 RX key.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5d2cdcd4e85c5187db30a6b29f79fbbe59f39f78 |
|
20-Mar-2008 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: get a TKIP phase key from skb
This patch makes mac80211 able to compute a TKIP key from an skb.
The requested key can be a phase 1 or a phase 2 key.
This is useful for drivers who need to provide tkip key to their
HW to enable HW encryption.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6c5ef8a7059e4f7adc37b337face8b0a8cbd4f48 |
|
05-Mar-2008 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: document IEEE80211_TXCTL_OFDM_HT
This patch clarifies the use of IEEE80211_TXCTL_OFDM_HT flag.
Can by united with patch "mac80211: adding mac80211_tx_control
flags and HT flags"
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 11f4b1cec98ad95abda80dc20bdc3cecac145d77 |
|
05-Mar-2008 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: adding mac80211_tx_control_flags and HT flags
This patch makes enum from the defines previously dwelled inside
ieee80211_tx_control for better readability.
The patch also addes HT flags, for 802.11n drivers:
- IEEE80211_TXCTL_OFDM_HT: request low-level driver to use HT OFDM rates
- IEEE80211_TXCTL_GREEN_FIELD: use green field protection
- IEEE80211_TXCTL_DUP_DATA: duplicate data on both 20 Mhz channels
- IEEE80211_TXCTL_40_MHZ_WIDTH: send this frame in 40Mhz width
- IEEE80211_TXCTL_SHORT_GI: send this frame with short guard interval
Tx command can be a combination of any of these flags, along with
bitrate represented by ieee80211_rate. this will allow legacy drivers to
switch easily to any 11n rate representation.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| dbbea6713d6096cd1c411cb453a6b71292c78b33 |
|
26-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add documentation book
Quite a while ago I started this book. The required kernel-doc
patches have since gone into the tree so it is now possible to
build the book in mainline.
The actual documentation is still rather incomplete and not all
things are linked into the book, but this enables us to edit
the documentation collaboratively, hopefully driver authors can
add documentation based on their experience with mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 902acc7896d7649fb30e4b22bd4e643c7f34b02c |
|
23-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up mesh code
Various cleanups, reducing the #ifdef mess and other things.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6032f934c818e5c3435c9f17274fe1983f53c6b4 |
|
23-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add mesh interface type
This adds the mesh interface type.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2485f7105f20f85c2dbebc67be6b2cb97175fa7e |
|
25-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clarify use of TX status/RX callbacks
This patch clarifies the use of the irqsafe vs. non-irq-safe
functions and their respective locking requirements.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d46e144b65bf053b25d134ec9f52a38e63e04bb4 |
|
20-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rework TX filtered frame code
This reworks the code for TX filtered frames, splitting it out to
a new function to handle those cases, making the clear instruction
a flag and renaming a few things to be easier to understand and
less Atheros hardware specific. Finally, it also makes the comments
explain more.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9d9bf77d16ba527f6f63846ca18cf20ae6e8d697 |
|
18-Feb-2008 |
Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com> |
mac80211: enable IBSS merging
enable IBSS cell merging. if an IBSS beacon with the same channel, same ESSID
and a TSF higher than the local TSF (mactime) is received, we have to join its
BSSID. while this might not be immediately apparent from reading the 802.11
standard it is compliant and necessary to make IBSS mode functional in many
cases. most drivers have a similar behaviour.
* move the relevant code section (previously only containing debug code) down
to the end of the function, so we can reuse the bss structure.
* we have to compare the mactime (TSF at the time of packet receive) rather
than the current TSF. since mactime is defined as the time the first data
symbol arrived we add the time until byte 24 where the timestamp resides, since
this is how the beacon timestamp is defined. as some some drivers are not able
to give a reliable mactime we fall back to use the current TSF, which will be
enough to catch most (but not all) cases where an IBSS merge is necessary.
* in IBSS mode we want to allow beacons to override probe response info so we
can correctly do merges.
* we don't only configure beacons based on scan results, so change that
message.
* to enable this we have to let all beacons thru in IBSS mode, even if they
have a different BSSID.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c132bec33c2eb5e46d8e4b80cfa5a9656d8e57e7 |
|
18-Feb-2008 |
Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com> |
mac80211: better definition of mactime
define mactime as the time when the first data symbol arrived at the HW. the
old definition was questionable because 802.11 defines timestamp only for
beacon and probe response frames, and there it means the timestamp field.
a stricter definition of mactime is necessary for correct merging of IBSS.
note that it is up to the driver to convert whatever its hardware returns to
this definition. unfortunately we don't know for example when atheros hardware
takes its rx timestamp exactly :(
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d0f5afbe6de6b8c06f94a8a0b370252e3863afe7 |
|
12-Feb-2008 |
Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> |
mac80211: Extend filter flag documentation about unsupported flags
This extends the filter flags documentation to make it clear
what clearing a flag really means.
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3330d7be7008fa8e213648750fc13613eecc54bb |
|
10-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: give burst time in txop rather than 0.1msec units
This changes mac80211 to pass the burst time to conf_tx in txop
units rather than 0.1msec units. 0.1msec units are only required
by atheros hardware (according to current driver support), all
other drivers do other calculations or require the txop value.
Therefore, it results in fewer calculations and more precision
if we just pass the txop value through to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8318d78a44d49ac1edf2bdec7299de3617c4232e |
|
24-Jan-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211 API for channels/bitrates, mac80211 and driver conversion
This patch creates new cfg80211 wiphy API for channel and bitrate
registration and converts mac80211 and drivers to the new API. The
old mac80211 API is completely ripped out. All drivers (except ath5k)
are updated to the new API, in many cases I expect that optimisations
can be done.
Along with the regulatory code I've also ripped out the
IEEE80211_HW_DEFAULT_REG_DOMAIN_CONFIGURED flag, I believe it to be
unnecessary if the hardware simply gives us whatever channels it wants
to support and we then enable/disable them as required, which is pretty
much required for travelling.
Additionally, the patch adds proper "basic" rate handling for STA
mode interface, AP mode interface will have to have new API added
to allow userspace to set the basic rate set, currently it'll be
empty... However, the basic rate handling will need to be moved to
the BSS conf stuff.
I do expect there to be bugs in this, especially wrt. transmit
power handling where I'm basically clueless about how it should work.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 483fdcecc564ae6b011148a758517cf561f65678 |
|
28-Jan-2008 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx change tx_status to support Block Ack data
This patch adds fields to ieee80211_tx_status in order to allow block ack
information exchange between low-level driver,mac80211 and rate scaling
module.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9e7234923789897858e1a475c579b5e2e6ad5b74 |
|
28-Jan-2008 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx adding qdisc support
This patch allows qdisc support in A-MPDU Tx. a method to
handle QoS <-> TID switches is present in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0df3ef45a3d7b59cc53ce4e3611033c6e3b51a1b |
|
28-Jan-2008 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add session's and low level driver's API
This patch adds the API for 3 stages in A-MPDU Tx session flow:
- request mac80211 to start/stop A-MPDU Tx session for specific TID. such a
request should be issued by a load aware element, either mac80211 itself
or external element.
- requests by mac80211 to low-level driver to start/stop Tx aggregation.
notice that low level driver responds now with Starting Sequence Number.
- async feedback by low-level to mac80211 to inform that HW is ready for
next A-MPDU Tx state.
Changes in API to Rx A-MPDU were also made, reflected in iwlwifi changes as
well.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 471b3efdfccc257591331724145f8ccf8b3217e1 |
|
28-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add unified BSS configuration
This patch (based on Ron Rindjunsky's) creates a framework for
a unified way to pass BSS configuration to drivers that require
the information, e.g. for implementing power save mode.
This patch introduces new ieee80211_bss_conf structure that is
passed to the driver via the new bss_info_changed() callback
when the BSS configuration changes.
This new BSS configuration infrastructure adds the following
new features:
* drivers are notified of their association AID
* drivers are notified of association status
and replaces the erp_ie_changed() callback. The patch also does
the relevant driver updates for the latter change.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 51fb61e76d952e6bc2fbdd9f0d38425fbab1cf31 |
|
19-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move interface type to vif structure
Drivers that support mixed AP/STA operation may well need to
know the type of a virtual interface when iterating over them.
The easiest way to support that is to move the interface type
variable into the vif structure.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 32bfd35d4b63bd63de4bb0d791ef049c3c868726 |
|
19-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: dont use interface indices in drivers
This patch gets rid of the if_id stuff where possible in favour of
a new per-virtual-interface structure "struct ieee80211_vif". This
structure is located at the end of the per-interface structure and
contains a variable length driver-use data area.
This has two advantages:
* removes the need to look up interfaces by if_id, this is better
for working with network namespaces and performance
* allows drivers to store and retrieve per-interface data without
having to allocate own lists/hash tables
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| cdcb006fbe7a74b5f7827f5c5c27e11399a2fab7 |
|
07-Jan-2008 |
Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Add radio led trigger
Some devices have a seperate LED which indicates if the radio is
enabled or not. This adds a LED trigger to mac80211 where drivers
can hook into when they are interested in radio status changes.
v2: Check hw.conf.radio_enabled when calling start().
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 1b7d03acbfe9d6f1ecf169e6494c5eca29fa0ed3 |
|
25-Dec-2007 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: A-MPDU Rx add low level driver API
This patch adds the API to perform A-MPDU actions between mac80211 and low
level driver.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 62da92fb75c346b503bca765fd1337e08771c9fe |
|
19-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: support getting key sequence counters via cfg80211
This implements cfg80211's get_key() to allow retrieving the sequence
counter for a TKIP or CCMP key from userspace. It also cleans up and
documents the associated low-level driver interface.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 7d54d0ddd66678ada6635159dac1eb82ccbe34b5 |
|
19-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: allow easier multicast/broadcast buffering in hardware
There are various decisions influencing the decision whether to buffer
a frame for after the next DTIM beacon. The "do we have stations in PS
mode" condition cannot be tested by the driver so mac80211 has to do
that. To ease driver writing for hardware that can buffer frames until
after the next DTIM beacon, introduce a new txctl flag telling the
driver to buffer a specific frame.
While at it, restructure and comment the code for multicast buffering
and remove spurious "inline" directives.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 678f5f7117d5780d3a51b201c9f44b7bf90f6a76 |
|
19-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up eapol handling in TX path
The previous patch left only one user of the ieee80211_is_eapol()
function and that user can be eliminated easily by introducing
a new "frame is EAPOL" flag to handle the frame specially (we
already have this information) instead of doing the (expensive)
ieee80211_is_eapol() all the time.
Also, allow unencrypted frames to be sent when they are injected.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| c49e5ea322c2fb43f430abb3c4a49eae1394287e |
|
11-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: conditionally include timestamp in radiotap information
This makes mac80211 include the low-level MAC timestamp
in the radiotap header if the driver indicated (by a new
RX flag) that the timestamp is valid.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| d3c990fb26b78f60614885d9ecaf7b7686b7b098 |
|
26-Nov-2007 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: adding 802.11n configuration flows
This patch configures the 802.11n mode of operation
internally in ieee80211_conf structure and in the low-level
driver as well (through op conf_ht).
It does not include AP configuration flows.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 10816d40f2e9500057cb46d7608a362a1d10bb9b |
|
26-Nov-2007 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: adding 802.11n HT framework definitions
New structures:
- ieee80211_ht_info: describing STA's HT capabilities
- ieee80211_ht_bss_info: describing BSS's HT characteristics
Changed structures:
- ieee80211_hw_mode: now also holds PHY HT capabilities for each HW mode
- ieee80211_conf: ht_conf holds current self HT configuration
ht_bss_conf holds current BSS HT configuration
- flag IEEE80211_CONF_SUPPORT_HT_MODE added to indicate if HT use is
desired
- sta_info: now also holds Peer's HT capabilities
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| e38bad4766a110b61fa6038f10be16ced8c6cc38 |
|
28-Nov-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces not need rtnl
Interface iteration in mac80211 can be done without holding any
locks because I converted it to RCU. Initially, I thought this
wouldn't be needed for ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces but
it's turning out that multi-BSS AP support can be much simpler
in a driver if ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces can be called
without holding locks. This converts it to use RCU, it adds a
requirement that the callback it invokes cannot sleep.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| dabeb344f54ab780d152714c18f1cb6b21c471a1 |
|
09-Nov-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: provide interface iterator for drivers
Sometimes drivers need to know which interfaces are associated with
their hardware. Rather than forcing those drivers to keep track of
the interfaces that were added, this adds an iteration function to
mac80211.
As it is intended to be used from the interface add/remove callbacks,
the iteration function may currently only be called under RTNL.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 56db6c52bb61509c114b9f1b1eecc7461229770a |
|
30-Oct-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove unused driver ops
The driver operations set_ieee8021x(), set_port_auth() and
set_privacy_invoked() are not used by any drivers, except
set_privacy_invoked() they aren't even used by mac80211.
Remove them at least until we need to support drivers with
mac80211 that require getting this information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 830f903866a1611e9ce53f3e35202302bb938946 |
|
28-Oct-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: allow driver to ask for a rate control algorithm
This allows a driver to ask for a specific rate control algorithm.
The rate control algorithm asked for must be registered and be
available as a module or built-in.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5ecc2a5d3e3c39535d2cc10dad15853e9e9b072d |
|
02-Oct-2007 |
Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> |
[MAC80211]: Update beacon_update callback documentation
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 478f8d2ba56b40ad1c17e21c1503669b83c96e8e |
|
30-Sep-2007 |
Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> |
[MAC80211]: add sta_notify callback
This patch adds sta_notify callback and removes sta_table_notification
which was not used by any driver.
sta_notify() is essential for drivers that keeps notion of station
internally and need to be notified about removal or addition of a station
to the (I)BSS or assocation to an AP.
This version adds interface id to the parameter list
as suggested by Johannes Berg
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 47f0c502209056da728e6a306a43d5e19a37f4fa |
|
27-Sep-2007 |
Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> |
[MAC80211]: Add association LED trigger
Many devices have LEDs to indicate the link status.
Export this functionality to drivers.
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 628a140ba033ef201706a8c7e767c8a0c0f8326c |
|
26-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove ALG_NONE
This "algorithm" is used only internally and is not useful.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Acked-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| f9d540ee5f7e480339911df8d7389ef4c435ab54 |
|
28-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove management interface
Removes the management interface since it is only required
for hostapd/userspace MLME, will not be in the final tree
at least in this form and hostapd/userspace MLME currently
do not work against this tree anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| a28975525016ddcbdaab8225666df1cf2dc9cb2d |
|
28-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: add "invalid" interface type
Since I cannot convince the lazy driver authors (hello Michael)
to stop (ab)using the MGMT interface type internally in their
drivers, this patch introduces a new _INVALID type especially
for their use and changes all affected drivers to use it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| b4010e08907bdafe8bf4a3fe7ef9b52ddec4dda5 |
|
26-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: remove generic IE for AP interfaces
This is not useful since we do not support probe response
offload to hardware at this time and beacons are set in
another way.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ea49c359f36d5b40bf033c45a08332cb73777aa2 |
|
18-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: remove crypto algorithm typedef
The typedef is not required, we can just use "enum ieee80211_key_alg"
instead of "ieee80211_key_alg"
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f97df02e23269c7650869f6192e809f8ac1a4b39 |
|
18-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] wireless networking: move frame inline functions to generic header
These inlines are generally useful, not just with mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 75a5f0ccfdbc0151ee40bb742f7b5c8eba493c0e |
|
18-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more
This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format)
to include/net/mac80211.h
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1bc0826c8f5f3fa26644a8e878aae0be304a670f |
|
18-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: renumber and document the hardware flags
Currently, hardware flags that drivers must set are not
documented well enough. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0ec3ca445931ff0e7ad6ac61d6c5d2aaafe7a9f5 |
|
17-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: validate VLAN interfaces better
This patch changes mac80211 to verify that VLAN interfaces
are valid and not bother drivers about them any more.
VLAN interfaces are now only valid when an AP interface
is up with the same MAC address, and are automatically
turned off when the AP interface is set down.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4150c57212ad134765dd78c654a4b9906252b66d |
|
17-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: revamp interface and filter configuration
Drivers are currently supposed to keep track of monitor
interfaces if they allow so-called "hard" monitor, and
they are also supposed to keep track of multicast etc.
This patch changes that, replaces the set_multicast_list()
callback with a new configure_filter() callback that takes
filter flags (FIF_*) instead of interface flags (IFF_*).
For a driver, this means it should open the filter as much
as necessary to get all frames requested by the filter flags.
Accordingly, the filter flags are named "positively", e.g.
FIF_ALLMULTI.
Multicast filtering is a bit special in that drivers that
have no multicast address filters need to allow multicast
frames through when either the FIF_ALLMULTI flag is set or
when the mc_count value is positive.
At the same time, drivers are no longer notified about
monitor interfaces at all, this means they now need to
implement the start() and stop() callbacks and the new
change_filter_flags() callback. Also, the start()/stop()
ordering changed, start() is now called *before* any
add_interface() as it really should be, and stop() after
any remove_interface().
The patch also changes the behaviour of setting the bssid
to multicast for scanning when IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING
is set; the IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING flag is removed
and the filter flag FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC introduced.
This is a lot more efficient for hardware like b43 that
supports it and other hardware can still set the BSSID
to all-ones.
Driver modifications by Johannes Berg (b43 & iwlwifi), Michael Wu
(rtl8187, adm8211, and p54), Larry Finger (b43legacy), and
Ivo van Doorn (rt2x00).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9c7d7728baf79c63ae58df95fb39ea13db487599 |
|
18-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove tx info sw_retry_attempt member
This is unused.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 6b301cdfad96daa3cf4f0d775ab408f898308890 |
|
18-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: yet more documentation
Add more mac80211 documentation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| c33e3f3bcd2b63b735c5b1028f3cfd1048c300c2 |
|
17-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove IEEE80211_CONF_SSID_HIDDEN
The IEEE80211_CONF_SSID_HIDDEN setting is not useful for any driver
we have and should be a per-interface setting anyway. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 72abd81b980ef7ffb83ecb4ac4a7627d9d575f50 |
|
17-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: allow drivers to indicate failed FCS/PLCP checksum
This patch allows drivers to indicate bad FCS/PLCP CRC to the stack and
have the stack drop packets like that except for monitor interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 0795af5729b18218767fab27c44b1384f72dc9ad |
|
04-Oct-2007 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
[NET]: Introduce and use print_mac() and DECLARE_MAC_BUF()
This is nicer than the MAC_FMT stuff.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| c39e3a0d0380b12f45bf85a619d3df45e437ee45 |
|
14-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove TKIP mixing for hw accel again
The TKIP mixing code was added for the benefit of Intel's ipw3945
chipset but that code ended up not using it. We have previously
identified many problems with this code and it crystallized that
library functions for mixing are likely to handle this in much
more generality and might allow b43 to take advantage of hardware
acceleration for TKIP.
Due to these reasons, remove the TKIP mixing for hardware
accelerated crypto operations.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 6a7664d451e7014b1a6828e50ccb3308d0b84816 |
|
14-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove HW_KEY_IDX_INVALID
This patch makes the mac80211/driver interface rely only on the
IEEE80211_TXCTL_DO_NOT_ENCRYPT flag to signal to the driver whether
a frame should be encrypted or not, since mac80211 internally no
longer relies on HW_KEY_IDX_INVALID either this removes it, changes
the key index to be a u8 in all places and makes the full range of
the value available to drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 7ac1bd6aecc92cfe6ec11891819dd4c26f2f7879 |
|
14-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: some more documentation
This patch formats some documentation in mac80211.h into kerneldoc
and also adds some more explanations for hardware crypto.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| c15a205070fac9fab0d9d4642b9342677b67f933 |
|
14-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove set_key_idx callback
No existing drivers use this callback, hence there's no telling
how it might be used. In fact, it is unlikely to be of much use
as-is because the default key index isn't something that the
driver can do much with without knowing which interface it was
for etc. And if it needs the key index for the transmitted frame,
it can get it by keeping a reference to the key_conf structure
and looking it up by hw_key_idx.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 7848ba7d7a010ccb265617fc2bc053e2bdf06f48 |
|
14-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: rework hardware crypto flags
This patch reworks the various hardware crypto related
flags to make them more local, i.e. put them with each
key or each packet instead of into the hw struct.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| b708e610622cff07f4374a2b4410884f964b8489 |
|
14-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove turbo modes
This patch removes all mention of the atheros turbo modes that
can't possibly work properly anyway since in some places we don't
check for them when we should.
I have no idea what the iwlwifi drivers were doing with these but
it can't possibly have been correct.
Cc: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 11a843b7e16062389c53ba393c7913956e034eb2 |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: rework key handling
This moves all the key handling code out from ieee80211_ioctl.c
into key.c and also does the following changes including documentation
updates in mac80211.h:
1) Turn off hardware acceleration for keys when the interface
is down. This is necessary because otherwise monitor
interfaces could be decrypting frames for other interfaces
that are down at the moment. Also, it should go some way
towards better suspend/resume support, in any case the
routines used here could be used for that as well.
Additionally, this makes the driver interface nicer, keys
for a specific local MAC address are only ever present
while an interface with that MAC address is enabled.
2) Change driver set_key() callback interface to allow only
return values of -ENOSPC, -EOPNOTSUPP and 0, warn on all
other return values. This allows debugging the stack when
a driver notices it's handed a key while it is down.
3) Invert the flag meaning to KEY_FLAG_UPLOADED_TO_HARDWARE.
4) Remove REMOVE_ALL_KEYS command as it isn't used nor do we
want to use it, we'll use DISABLE_KEY for each key. It is
hard to use REMOVE_ALL_KEYS because we can handle multiple
virtual interfaces with different key configuration, so we'd
have to keep track of a lot of state for this and that isn't
worth it.
5) Warn when disabling a key fails, it musn't.
6) Remove IEEE80211_HW_NO_TKIP_WMM_HWACCEL in favour of per-key
IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_WMM_STA to let driver sort it out itself.
7) Tell driver that a (non-WEP) key is used only for transmission
by using an all-zeroes station MAC address when configuring.
8) Change the set_key() callback to have access to the local MAC
address the key is being added for.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| f658eb90d065c2d76ab3f3eb676ebf53462e323b |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211] key handling: remove default_wep_only
Remove the default_wep_only stuff, this wasn't really done well
and no current driver actually cares.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 8f20fc24986a083228823d9b68adca20714b254e |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: embed key conf in key, fix driver interface
This patch embeds the struct ieee80211_key_conf into struct ieee80211_key
and thus avoids allocations and having data present twice.
This required some more changes:
1) The removal of the IEEE80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TX_KEY key flag.
This flag isn't used by drivers nor should it be since
we have a set_key_idx() callback. Maybe that callback needs
to be extended to include the key conf, but only a driver that
requires it will tell.
2) The removal of the IEEE80211_KEY_DEFAULT_WEP_ONLY key flag.
This flag is global, so it shouldn't be passed in the key
conf structure. Pass it to the function instead.
Also, this patch removes the AID parameter to the set_key() callback
because it is currently unused and the hardware currently cannot know
about the AID anyway. I suspect this was used with some hardware that
actually selected the AID itself, but that functionality was removed.
Additionally, I've removed the ALG_NULL key algorithm since we have
ALG_NONE.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 7b33a57f0f5ed9fcc87f98ff5f6aa54291bd0558 |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove unused ioctls (3)
The ioctls
* PRISM2_PARAM_RADAR_DETECT
* PRISM2_PARAM_SPECTRUM_MGMT
are not used by hostapd or wpa_supplicant,
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 53cb670042999b8acb70945ce522b015dcdf7b43 |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove unused ioctls (2)
The ioctls
* PRISM2_PARAM_STA_ANTENNA_SEL
* PRISM2_PARAM_TX_POWER_REDUCTION
* PRISM2_PARAM_DEFAULT_WEP_ONLY
are not used by hostapd or wpa_supplicant.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| b2446b36800948586f1d1b8ef05803bba5f7489e |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove unused ioctls (1)
The ioctls
* PRISM2_PARAM_ANTENNA_MODE
* PRISM2_PARAM_STAT_TIME
are not used by hostapd or wpa_supplicant.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 3017b80bf0c4d6a44ccf0d35db9dadf01092b54e |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: fix software decryption
When doing key selection for software decryption, mac80211 gets
a few things wrong: it always uses pairwise keys if configured,
even if the frame is addressed to a multicast address. Also, it
doesn't allow using a key index of zero if a pairwise key has
also been found.
This patch changes the key selection code to be (more) in line
with the 802.11 specification. I have confirmed that with this,
multicast frames are correctly decrypted and I've tested with
WEP as well.
While at it, I've cleaned up the semantics of the hardware flags
IEEE80211_HW_WEP_INCLUDE_IV and IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP
and clarified them in the mac80211.h header; it is also now
allowed to set the IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP option even if
it only applies to frames that have been decrypted by the hw,
unencrypted frames must be dropped but encrypted frames that
the hardware couldn't handle can be passed up unmodified.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 82f716056fb1c214289fe6c284b0316858c1b70c |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove radar stuff
Unused in drivers, userspace and mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| aaa92e9a743c740005d8a592dbc1b3ca310d35b5 |
|
06-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove IEEE80211_HW_DATA_NULLFUNC_ACK
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 0ef6e49b75d0d64d5deab890c72d19fe86488f73 |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove IEEE80211_HW_HOST_GEN_BEACON flag
The flag is never checked because drivers can simply call
ieee80211_beacon_get() regardless of setting this flag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 4dfd1d2f6aeeac67d17d6c22052ae3a86db85c0b |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove reset callback
The callback isn't used so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| d9430a32886f70c0c16d67c525f6cda2df7906ee |
|
27-Jul-2007 |
Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org> |
[MAC80211]: implement ERP info change notifications
zd1211rw and bcm43xx are interested in being notified when ERP IE conditions
change, so that they can reprogram a register which affects how control frames
are transmitted.
This patch adds an interface similar to the one that can be found in softmac.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7e9ed18874f0df84b6651f0636e1cfdac43bc610 |
|
27-Jul-2007 |
Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org> |
[MAC80211]: improved short preamble handling
Similarly to CTS protection, whether short preambles are used for 802.11b
transmissions should be a per-subif setting, not device global.
For STAs, this patch makes short preamble handling automatic based on the ERP
IE. For APs, hostapd still uses the prism ioctls, but the write ioctl has been
restricted to AP-only subifs.
ieee80211_txrx_data.short_preamble (an unused field) was removed.
Unfortunately, some API changes were required for the following functions:
- ieee80211_generic_frame_duration
- ieee80211_rts_duration
- ieee80211_ctstoself_duration
- ieee80211_rts_get
- ieee80211_ctstoself_get
Affected drivers were updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d5d08def9216c445339c5a24a2cdc9cc2c8c13f7 |
|
27-Jul-2007 |
Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> |
[MAC80211]: Add LONG_RETRY flag to ieee80211_tx_control
mac80211 informs the driver what the short and long retry values are through
set_retry_limit(), but when packets are being transmitted it did not inform the
driver which of the 2 retry limits should actually be used.
Instead it sends the actual value, but for drivers that can only set the retry limit
and the register and in the descriptor need to indicate which of the limits should
be used this is not really useful.
This patch will add a IEEE80211_TXCTL_LONG_RETRY_LIMIT flag to the
ieee80211_tx_control structure. By default the short retry limit should be
used but if the flag is set the long retry should be used.
This does not prevent the driver to ignore the request for "no retry" packets,
but at least those will be send out with the short retry limit. But there is no
perfect cure for this problem.. :(
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| be8755e1804d6f60e6a96a46ac6bc46ce6dfca53 |
|
27-Jul-2007 |
Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> |
[MAC80211]: improve locking of sta_info related structures
The sta_info code has some awkward locking which prevents some driver
callbacks from being allowed to sleep. This patch makes the locking more
focused so code that calls driver callbacks are allowed to sleep. It also
converts sta_lock to a rwlock.
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4480f15ca62a595248d6d8e2b3e75052113cde59 |
|
10-Jul-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: clarify some mac80211 things
The semantics of not having an add_interface callback are not well
defined, this callback is required because otherwise you cannot obtain
the requested MAC address of the device. Change the documentation to
reflect this, add a note about having no MAC address at all, add a
warning that mac_addr in struct ieee80211_if_init_conf can be NULL and
finally verify that a few callbacks are assigned by way of BUG_ON()
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c59304b5e07128816347fe3996d7952561f60529 |
|
10-Jul-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: remove ieee80211_set_aid_for_sta
Remove ieee80211_set_aid_for_sta and associated code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f0706e828e96d0fa4e80c0d25aa98523f6d589a0 |
|
05-May-2007 |
Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> |
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack.
Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|